Marine Mammals; Incidental Take During Specified Activities; North Slope, Alaska

Published date05 August 2021
Citation86 FR 42982
Record Number2021-16452
SectionRules and Regulations
CourtFish And Wildlife Service
Federal Register, Volume 86 Issue 148 (Thursday, August 5, 2021)
[Federal Register Volume 86, Number 148 (Thursday, August 5, 2021)]
                [Rules and Regulations]
                [Pages 42982-43074]
                From the Federal Register Online via the Government Publishing Office [www.gpo.gov]
                [FR Doc No: 2021-16452]
                [[Page 42981]]
                Vol. 86
                Thursday,
                No. 148
                August 5, 2021
                Part IIDepartment of the Interior-----------------------------------------------------------------------Fish and Wildlife Service-----------------------------------------------------------------------50 CFR Part 18Marine Mammals; Incidental Take During Specified Activities; North
                Slope, Alaska; Final Rule
                Federal Register / Vol. 86 , No. 148 / Thursday, August 5, 2021 /
                Rules and Regulations
                [[Page 42982]]
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR
                Fish and Wildlife Service
                50 CFR Part 18
                Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037; FXES111607MRG01-212-FF07CAMM00]
                RIN 1018-BF13
                Marine Mammals; Incidental Take During Specified Activities;
                North Slope, Alaska
                AGENCY: Fish and Wildlife Service, Interior.
                ACTION: Final rule.
                -----------------------------------------------------------------------
                SUMMARY: We, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, in response to a
                request from the Alaska Oil and Gas Association, finalize regulations
                authorizing the nonlethal, incidental, unintentional take by harassment
                of small numbers of polar bears and Pacific walruses during year-round
                oil and gas industry activities in the Beaufort Sea (Alaska and the
                Outer Continental Shelf) and adjacent northern coast of Alaska. Take
                may result from oil and gas exploration, development, production, and
                transportation activities occurring for a period of 5 years. These
                activities are similar to those covered by the previous 5-year Beaufort
                Sea incidental take regulations effective from August 5, 2016, through
                August 5, 2021. This rule authorizes take by harassment only. No lethal
                take is authorized. We will issue Letters of Authorization, upon
                request, for specific activities in accordance with these regulations.
                DATES: This rule is effective August 5, 2021, and remains effective
                through August 5, 2026.
                ADDRESSES: You may view this rule, the associated final environmental
                assessment and U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service finding of no significant
                impact (FONSI), and other supporting material at http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037, or these
                documents may be requested as described under FOR FURTHER INFORMATION
                CONTACT.
                FOR FURTHER INFORMATION CONTACT: Marine Mammals Management, U.S. Fish
                and Wildlife Service, 1011 East Tudor Road, MS-341, Anchorage, AK
                99503, Telephone 907-786-3844, or Email: [email protected].
                Persons who use a telecommunications device for the deaf (TDD) may call
                the Federal Relay Service (FRS) at 1-800-877-8339, 24 hours a day, 7
                days a week.
                SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION:
                Immediate Promulgation
                 In accordance with the Administrative Procedure Act (APA; 5 U.S.C.
                553(d)(3)), we find that we have good cause to make this rule effective
                less than 30 days after publication. Immediate promulgation of the rule
                will ensure that the applicant will implement mitigation measures and
                monitoring programs in the geographic region that reduce the risk of
                harassment of polar bears (Ursus maritimus) and Pacific walruses
                (Odobenus rosmarus divergens) by their activities.
                Executive Summary
                 In accordance with the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA) of 1972,
                as amended, and its implementing regulations, we, the U.S. Fish and
                Wildlife Service (Service or we), finalize incidental take regulations
                (ITRs) that authorize the nonlethal, incidental, unintentional take of
                small numbers of Pacific walruses and polar bears during oil and gas
                industry (hereafter referred to as ``Industry'') activities in the
                Beaufort Sea and adjacent northern coast of Alaska, not including lands
                within the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge, for a 5-year period.
                Industry operations include similar types of activities covered by the
                previous 5-year Beaufort Sea ITRs effective from August 5, 2016,
                through August 5, 2021 (81 FR 52276).
                 This rule is based on our findings that the total takings of
                Pacific walruses (walruses) and polar bears during Industry activities
                will impact no more than small numbers of animals, will have a
                negligible impact on these species or stocks, and will not have an
                unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of these species or
                stocks for taking for subsistence uses by Alaska Natives. We base our
                findings on past and proposed future monitoring of the encounters and
                interactions between these species and Industry; species research; oil
                spill risk assessments; potential and documented Industry effects on
                these species; natural history and conservation status information of
                these species; and data reported from Alaska Native subsistence
                hunters. We have prepared a National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
                environmental assessment (EA) in conjunction with this rulemaking and
                determined that this final action will result in a finding of no
                significant impact (FONSI).
                 These regulations include permissible methods of nonlethal taking;
                mitigation measures to ensure that Industry activities will have the
                least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock, their
                habitat, and their availability for subsistence uses; and requirements
                for monitoring and reporting. Compliance with this rule is not expected
                to result in significant additional costs to Industry, and any costs
                are minimal in comparison to those related to actual oil and gas
                exploration, development, and production operations.
                Background
                 Section 101(a)(5)(A) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (MMPA; 16
                U.S.C. 1371(a)(5)(A)) gives the Secretary of the Interior (Secretary)
                the authority to allow the incidental, but not intentional, taking of
                small numbers of marine mammals, in response to requests by U.S.
                citizens (as defined in 50 CFR 18.27(c)) engaged in a specified
                activity (other than commercial fishing) within a specified geographic
                region. The Secretary has delegated authority for implementation of the
                MMPA to the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. According to the MMPA, the
                Service shall allow this incidental taking if we find the total of such
                taking for a 5-year period or less:
                 (1) Will affect only small numbers of marine mammals of a species
                or population stock;
                 (2) will have no more than a negligible impact on such species or
                stocks;
                 (3) will not have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability
                of such species or stocks for taking for subsistence use by Alaska
                Natives; and
                 (4) we issue regulations that set forth:
                 (a) Permissible methods of taking;
                 (b) other means of effecting the least practicable adverse impact
                on the species or stock and its habitat, and on the availability of
                such species or stock for subsistence uses; and
                 (c) requirements for monitoring and reporting of such taking.
                 If final regulations allowing such incidental taking are issued, we
                may then subsequently issue Letters of Authorization (LOAs), upon
                request, to authorize incidental take during the specified activities.
                 The term ``take'' as defined by the MMPA, means to harass, hunt,
                capture, or kill, or attempt to harass, hunt, capture, or kill any
                marine mammal (16 U.S.C. 1362(13)). Harassment, as defined by the MMPA,
                for activities other than military readiness activities or scientific
                research conducted by or on behalf of the Federal Government, means
                ``any act of pursuit, torment, or annoyance which (i) has the potential
                to injure a marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild'' (the
                MMPA defines this as Level A harassment); or ``(ii) has the potential
                to disturb a
                [[Page 42983]]
                marine mammal or marine mammal stock in the wild by causing disruption
                of behavioral patterns, including, but not limited to, migration,
                breathing, nursing, breeding, feeding, or sheltering'' (the MMPA
                defines this as Level B harassment) (16 U.S.C. 1362(18)).
                 The terms ``negligible impact'' and ``unmitigable adverse impact''
                are defined in title 50 of the CFR at 50 CFR 18.27 (the Service's
                regulations governing small takes of marine mammals incidental to
                specified activities). ``Negligible impact'' is an impact resulting
                from the specified activity that cannot be reasonably expected to, and
                is not reasonably likely to, adversely affect the species or stock
                through effects on annual rates of recruitment or survival.
                ``Unmitigable adverse impact'' means an impact resulting from the
                specified activity (1) that is likely to reduce the availability of the
                species to a level insufficient for a harvest to meet subsistence needs
                by (i) causing the marine mammals to abandon or avoid hunting areas,
                (ii) directly displacing subsistence users, or (iii) placing physical
                barriers between the marine mammals and the subsistence hunters; and
                (2) that cannot be sufficiently mitigated by other measures to increase
                the availability of marine mammals to allow subsistence needs to be
                met.
                 The term ``small numbers''; is also defined in 50 CFR 18.27.
                However, we do not rely on that definition here as it conflates ``small
                numbers'' with ``negligible impacts.'' We recognize ``small numbers''
                and ``negligible impacts'' as two separate and distinct requirements
                for promulgating incidental take regulations (ITRs) under the MMPA (see
                Natural Res. Def. Council, Inc. v. Evans, 232 F. Supp. 2d 1003, 1025
                (N.D. Cal. 2003)). Instead, for our small numbers determination, we
                estimate the likely number of takes of marine mammals and evaluate if
                that take is small relative to the size of the species or stock.
                 The term ``least practicable adverse impact'' is not defined in the
                MMPA or its enacting regulations. For this ITR, we ensure the least
                practicable adverse impact by requiring mitigation measures that are
                effective in reducing the impact of Industry activities but are not so
                restrictive as to make Industry activities unduly burdensome or
                impossible to undertake and complete.
                 In this ITR, the term ``Industry'' includes individuals, companies,
                and organizations involved in exploration, development, production,
                extraction, processing, transportation, research, monitoring, and
                support services of the petroleum industry that were named in the
                request for this regulation. Industry activities may result in the
                incidental taking of Pacific walruses and polar bears.
                 The MMPA does not require Industry to obtain an incidental take
                authorization; however, any taking that occurs without authorization is
                a violation of the MMPA. Since 1993, the oil and gas industry operating
                in the Beaufort Sea and the adjacent northern coast of Alaska has
                requested and we have issued ITRs for the incidental take of Pacific
                walruses and polar bears within a specified geographic region during
                specified activities. For a detailed history of our current and past
                Beaufort Sea ITRs, refer to the Federal Register at 81 FR 52276, August
                5, 2016; 76 FR 47010, August 3, 2011; 71 FR 43926, August 2, 2006; and
                68 FR 66744, November 28, 2003. The current regulations are codified at
                50 CFR part 18, subpart J (Sec. Sec. 18.121 to 18.129).
                Summary of Request
                 On June 15, 2020, the Service received a request from the Alaska
                Oil and Gas Association (AOGA) on behalf of its members and other
                participating companies to promulgate regulations for nonlethal
                incidental take of small numbers of walruses and polar bears in the
                Beaufort Sea and adjacent northern coast of Alaska for a period of 5
                years (2021-2026) (hereafter referred to as ``the Request''). We
                received an amendment to the Request on March 9, 2021, which was deemed
                adequate and complete. The amended Request is available at
                www.regulations.gov at Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037.
                 The AOGA Request requested regulations that will be applicable to
                the oil and gas exploration, development, and production, extraction,
                processing, transportation, research, monitoring, and support
                activities of multiple companies specified in the Request. This
                includes AOGA member and other non-member companies that have applied
                for these regulations and their subcontractors and subsidiaries that
                plan to conduct oil and gas operations in the specified geographic
                region. Members of AOGA represented in the Request are: Alyeska
                Pipeline Service Company, BlueCrest Energy, Inc., Chevron Corporation,
                ConocoPhillips Alaska, Inc. (CPAI), Eni U.S. Operating Co. Inc. (Eni
                Petroleum), ExxonMobil Alaska Production Inc. (ExxonMobil), Furie
                Operating Alaska, LLC, Glacier Oil and Gas Corporation (Glacier),
                Hilcorp Alaska, LLC (Hilcorp), Marathon Petroleum, Petro Star Inc.,
                Repsol, and Shell Exploration and Production Company (Shell).
                 Non-AOGA companies represented in the Request are: Alaska Gasline
                Development Corporation (AGDC), Arctic Slope Regional Corporation
                (ASRC) Energy Services, Oil Search (Alaska), LLC, and Qilak LNG, Inc.
                This rule applies only to AOGA members, the non-members noted above,
                their subsidiaries and subcontractors, and companies that have been or
                will be acquired by any of the above. The activities and geographic
                region specified in AOGA's Request and considered in this rule are
                described below in the sections titled Description of Specified
                Activities and Description of Specified Geographic Region.
                Summary of Changes From the Proposed ITR
                 In preparing this final rule for the incidental take of polar bears
                and Pacific walruses, we reviewed and considered comments and
                information from the public on our proposed rule published in the
                Federal Register on June 1, 2021 (86 FR 29364). We also reviewed and
                considered comments and information from the public for our draft
                environmental assessment (EA). Based on those considerations, we are
                finalizing these regulations with the following changes from our
                proposed rule:
                 The Service revised language to state: ``Aircraft
                operations within the ITR area should maintain an altitude of 1,500 ft
                above ground level when safe and operationally possible.'' The
                inclusion of ``safe and'' is essential to clarify that this altitude
                recommendation applies only when it is safe to do so (in addition to
                when it is ``operationally possible'').
                 The Service added language to state that, where
                information is insufficient to evaluate the potential effects of
                activities on walruses, polar bears, and the subsistence use of these
                species, holders of an LOA may be required to participate in joint
                monitoring and/or research efforts to address these information needs
                and ensure the least practicable impact to these resources.
                 The Service added language specifying that a group be
                defined for both walruses and polar bears as being two or more
                individuals.
                 The Service added language that clarifies that the correct
                geographic region to which the ITRs will apply is 50 miles offshore,
                not 200 miles offshore.
                 The Service has revised Table 1 in the preamble to include
                details regarding the sound measurement units and included peak SPL for
                impulsive sound sources. The Service has also
                [[Page 42984]]
                revised references to past ITR Level B harassment and TTS thresholds.
                 The Service has added clarifying language to reflect the
                numbers of leases and land area in the NPR-A to reflect 307 leases
                covering 2.6 million acres.
                 The Service added a recent peer-reviewed article, ``Polar
                bear behavioral response to vessel surveys in northeastern Chukchi Sea,
                2008-2014'' by Lomac-MacNair et al. (2021), which assisted with the
                analysis of behavioral responses of polar bears to vessel activity.
                 The Service has clarified our discussion regarding the
                conclusions we drew from the peer-reviewed article ``Aquatic behaviour
                of polar bears (Ursus maritimus) in an increasingly ice-free Arctic.''
                Lone, et al. 2018.
                 The Service added language to clarify information
                requirements from applicants for LOAs and have clarified our discussion
                regarding monthly human occupancy.
                 The Service added clarifying language to Sec.
                18.126(b)(4) to limit disturbance around dens, including putative and
                verified dens.
                 The Service has removed the term ``other substantially
                similar'' when describing what proposed activities are covered under
                these ITRs.
                Description of the Regulations
                 This rule does not authorize or ``permit'' the specified activities
                to be conducted by the applicant. Rather, it authorizes the nonlethal,
                incidental, unintentional take of small numbers of Pacific walruses and
                polar bears that may result from Industry activities based on standards
                set forth in the MMPA. The Bureau of Ocean Energy Management (BOEM),
                the Bureau of Safety and Environmental Enforcement, the U.S. Army Corps
                of Engineers, and the Bureau of Land Management (BLM) are responsible
                for permitting activities associated with Industry activities in
                Federal waters and on Federal lands. The State of Alaska is responsible
                for permitting Industry activities on State lands and in State waters.
                The regulations include:
                 Permissible methods of nonlethal taking;
                 Measures designed to ensure the least practicable adverse
                impact on Pacific walruses and polar bears and their habitat, and on
                the availability of these species or stocks for subsistence uses; and
                 Requirements for monitoring and reporting.
                Description of Letters of Authorization (LOAs)
                 An LOA is required to conduct activities pursuant to an ITR. Under
                this ITR, entities intending to conduct the specific activities
                described in these regulations may request an LOA for the authorized
                nonlethal, incidental Level B harassment of walruses and polar bears.
                Per AOGA's Request, such entities would be limited to the companies,
                groups, individuals specified in AOGA's Request, their subsidiaries or
                subcontractors, and their successors-in-interest. Requests for LOAs
                must be consistent with the activity descriptions and mitigation and
                monitoring requirements of the ITR and be received in writing at least
                90 days before the activity is to begin. Requests must include (1) an
                operational plan for the activity; (2) a digital geospatial file of the
                project footprint, (3) estimates of monthly human occupancy (i.e., a
                percentage that represents the amount of the month that at least one
                human is occupying a given location) of project area; (4) a walrus and/
                or polar bear interaction plan, (5) a site-specific marine mammal
                monitoring and mitigation plan that specifies the procedures to monitor
                and mitigate the effects of the activities on walruses and/or polar
                bears, including frequency and dates of aerial infrared (AIR) surveys
                if such surveys are required, and (6) Plans of Cooperation (described
                below). Once this information has been received, we will evaluate each
                request and issue the LOA if we find that the level of taking will be
                consistent with the findings made for the total taking allowable under
                the ITR and all other requirements of these regulations are met. We
                must receive an after-action report on the monitoring and mitigation
                activities within 90 days after the LOA expires. For more information
                on requesting and receiving an LOA, refer to 50 CFR 18.27.
                Description of Plans of Cooperation (POCs)
                 A POC is a documented plan describing measures to mitigate
                potential conflicts between Industry activities and Alaska Native
                subsistence hunting. The circumstances under which a POC must be
                developed and submitted with a request for an LOA are described below.
                 To help ensure that Industry activities do not have an unmitigable
                adverse impact on the availability of the species for subsistence
                hunting opportunities, all applicants requesting an LOA under this ITR
                must provide the Service documentation of communication and
                coordination with Alaska Native communities potentially affected by the
                Industry activity and, as appropriate, with representative subsistence
                hunting and co-management organizations, such as the North Slope
                Borough, the Alaska Nannut Co-Management Council (ANCC), and Eskimo
                Walrus Commission (EWC), among others. If Alaska Native communities or
                representative subsistence hunting organizations express concerns about
                the potential impacts of project activities on subsistence activities,
                and such concerns are not resolved during this initial communication
                and coordination process, then a POC must be developed and submitted
                with the applicant's request for an LOA. In developing the POC,
                Industry representatives will further engage with Alaska Native
                communities and/or representative subsistence hunting organizations to
                provide information and respond to questions and concerns. The POC must
                provide adequate measures to ensure that Industry activities will not
                have an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of walruses and
                polar bears for Alaska Native subsistence uses.
                Description of Specified Geographic Region
                 The specified geographic region covered by the requested ITR
                (Beaufort Sea ITR region (Figure 1)) encompasses all Beaufort Sea
                waters (including State waters and Outer Continental Shelf waters as
                defined by BOEM) east of a north-south line extending from Point Barrow
                (N71.39139, W156.475, BGN 1944) to the Canadian border, except for
                marine waters located within the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge
                (ANWR). The offshore boundary extends 80.5 km (50 mi) offshore. The
                onshore boundary includes land on the North Slope of Alaska from Point
                Barrow to the western boundary of ANWR. The onshore boundary is 40 km
                (25 mi) inland. No lands or waters within the exterior boundaries of
                ANWR are included in the Beaufort Sea ITR region. The geographical
                extent of the Beaufort Sea ITR region (approximately 7.9 million
                hectares (ha) (~19.8 million acres (ac))) is smaller than the region
                covered in previous regulations (approximately 29.8 million ha (~73.6
                million ac) were included in the ITR set forth via the final rule that
                published at 81 FR 52276, August 5, 2016).
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
                [[Page 42985]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.000
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-C
                Description of Specified Activities
                 This section first summarizes the type and scale of Industry
                activities anticipated to occur in the Beaufort Sea ITR region from
                2021 to 2026 and then provides more detailed specific information on
                these activities. Year-round onshore and offshore Industry activities
                are anticipated. During the 5 years that the ITR will be in place,
                Industry activities are expected to be generally similar in type,
                timing, and effect to activities evaluated under the prior ITRs. Due to
                the large number of variables affecting Industry activities, prediction
                of exact dates and locations of activities is not possible in a request
                for a 5-year ITR. However, operators must provide specific dates and
                locations of activities in their requests for LOAs. Requests for LOAs
                for activities and impacts that exceed the scope of analysis and
                determinations for this ITR will not be issued. Additional information
                is available in the AOGA Request for an ITR at: www.regulations.gov in
                Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037.
                Exploration Activities
                 AOGA's exploration activities specified in the Request are for the
                purpose of exploring subsurface geology, water depths, and seafloor
                conditions to help inform development and production projects that may
                occur in those areas. Exploration survey activities include
                geotechnical site investigations, reflection seismic exploration,
                vibroseis, vertical seismic profiles, seafloor imagery collection, and
                offshore bathymetry collection. Exploratory drilling and development
                activities include onshore ice pad and road development, onshore gravel
                pad and road development, offshore ice road development, and artificial
                island development.
                 The location of new exploration activities within the specified
                geographic region of this rule will be influenced by the location of
                current leases as well as any new leases acquired via potential future
                Federal and State of Alaska oil and gas lease sales.
                BOEM Outer Continental Shelf Lease Sales
                 BOEM manages oil and gas leases in the Alaska Outer Continental
                Shelf (OCS) region, which encompasses 242 million ha (600 million ac).
                Of that acreage, approximately 26 million ha (~65 million ac) are
                within the Beaufort Sea Planning Area. Ten lease sales have been held
                in this area since 1979, resulting in 147 active leases, where 32
                exploratory wells were drilled. Production has occurred on one joint
                [[Page 42986]]
                Federal/State unit, with Federal oil production accounting for more
                than 28.7 million barrels (bbl) (1 bbl = 42 U.S. gallons or 159 liters)
                of oil since 2001 (BOEM 2016). Details regarding availability of future
                leases, locations, and acreages are not yet available, but exploration
                of the OCS may continue during the 2021-2026 timeframe of the ITR.
                Lease Sale 242, previously planned in the Beaufort Sea during 2017
                (BOEM 2012), was cancelled in 2015. BOEM issued a notice of intent to
                prepare an environmental impact statement (EIS) for the 2019 Beaufort
                Sea lease sale in 2018 (83 FR 57749, November 16, 2018). The 2019-2024
                Draft Proposed Program included three OCS lease sales, with one each in
                2019, 2021, and 2023, but has not been approved. Information on the
                Alaska OCS Leasing Program can be found at: https://www.boem.gov/about-boem/alaska-leasing-office.
                National Petroleum Reserve--Alaska
                 The BLM manages the 9.2 million-ha (22.8 million-ac) Natural
                Petroleum Reserve--Alaska (NPR-A), of which 1.3 million ha (3.2 million
                ac) occur within the Beaufort Sea ITR region. Lease sales have occurred
                regularly in the NPR-A; 15 oil and gas lease sales have been held in
                the NPR-A since 1999. There are currently 307 leases covering more than
                1,052,182 ha (2.6 million ac) in the NPR-A. Current operator/ownership
                information is available on the BLM NPR-A website at https://www.blm.gov/programs/energy-and-minerals/oil-and-gas/leasing/regional-lease-sales/alaska.
                State of Alaska Lease Sales
                 The State of Alaska Department of Natural Resources (ADNR), Oil and
                Gas Division, holds annual lease sales of State lands available for oil
                and gas development. Lease sales are organized by planning area. Under
                areawide leasing, the State offers all available State acreage not
                currently under lease within each area annually. AOGA's Request
                includes activities in the State's North Slope and Beaufort Sea
                planning areas. Lease sale data are available on the ADNR website at:
                https://dog.dnr.alaska.gov/Services/BIFAndLeaseSale. Projected
                activities may include exploration, facility maintenance and
                construction, and operation activities.
                 The North Slope planning area has 1,225 tracts that lie between the
                NPR-A and the ANWR. The southern boundary of the North Slope sale area
                is the Umiat baseline. Several lease sales have been held to date in
                this leasing area. As of May 2020, there are 1,505 active leases on the
                North Slope, encompassing 1.13 ha (2.8 million ac), and 220 active
                leases in the State waters of the Beaufort Sea, encompassing 244,760 ha
                (604,816 ac). The Beaufort Sea Planning Area encompasses a gross area
                of approximately 687,966 ha (1.7 million ac) divided into 572 tracts
                ranging in size from 210 to 2,330 ha (520 to 5,760 ac).
                Development Activities
                 Industry operations during oil and gas development may include
                construction of roads, pipelines, waterlines, gravel pads, work camps
                (personnel, dining, lodging, and maintenance facilities), water
                production and wastewater treatment facilities, runways, and other
                support infrastructure. Activities associated with the development
                phase include transportation activities (automobile, airplane, and
                helicopter); installation of electronic equipment; well drilling; drill
                rig transport; personnel support; and demobilization, restoration, and
                remediation work. Industry development activities are often planned or
                coordinated by unit. A unit is composed of a group of leases covering
                all or part of an accumulation of oil and/or gas. Alaska's North Slope
                oil and gas field primary units include: Duck Island Unit (Endicott),
                Kuparuk River Unit, Milne Point Unit, Nikaitchuq Unit, Northstar Unit,
                Point Thomson Unit, Prudhoe Bay Unit, Badami Unit, Oooguruk Unit, Bear
                Tooth Unit, Pikka Unit, and the Colville River and Greater Mooses Tooth
                Units, which for the purposes of this ITR are combined into the Western
                North Slope.
                Production Activities
                 North Slope production facilities occur between the oilfields of
                the Alpine Unit in the west to Badami and Point Thomson in the east.
                Production activities include building operations, oil production, oil
                transport, facilities, maintenance and upgrades, restoration, and
                remediation. Production activities are long-term and year-round
                activities whereas exploration and development activities are usually
                temporary and seasonal. Alpine and Badami are not connected to the road
                system and must be accessed by airstrips, barges, and seasonal ice
                roads. Transportation on the North Slope is by automobile, airplanes,
                helicopters, boats, vehicles with large, low-pressure tires called
                Rolligons, tracked vehicles, and snowmobiles. Aircraft, both fixed wing
                and helicopters, are used for movement of personnel, mail, rush-cargo,
                and perishable items. Most equipment and materials are transported to
                the North Slope by truck or barge. Much of the barge traffic during the
                open-water season unloads from West Dock.
                 Oil pipelines extend from each developed oilfield to the Trans-
                Alaska Pipeline System (TAPS). The 122-cm (48-in)-diameter TAPS
                pipeline extends 1,287 km (800 mi) from the Prudhoe Bay oilfield to the
                Valdez Marine Terminal. Alyeska Pipeline Service Company conducts
                pipeline operations and maintenance. Access to the pipeline is
                primarily from established roads, such as the Spine Road and the Dalton
                Highway, or along the pipeline right-of-way.
                Oil and Gas Support Activities
                 In addition to oil and gas production and development activities,
                support activities are often performed on an occasional, seasonal, or
                daily basis. Support activities streamline and provide direct
                assistance to other activities and are necessary for Industry working
                across the North Slope and related areas. Several support activities
                are defined in AOGA's Request and include: Placement and maintenance of
                gravel pads, roads, and pipelines; supply operations that use trucks or
                buses, aircraft (fixed-wing or rotor-wing), hovercrafts, and barges/
                tugs to transport people, personal incidentals (food, mail, cargo,
                perishables, and personal items) between Units and facilities; pipeline
                inspections, maintenance dredging and screeding operations; and
                training for emergency response and oil spill response. Some of these
                activities are seasonal and performed in the winter using tundra-
                appropriate vehicles, such as road, pad, and pipeline development and
                inspections. Field and camp-specific support activities include:
                Construction of snow fences; corrosion and subsidence control and
                management; field maintenance campaigns; drilling; well work/work-
                overs; plugging and abandonment of existing wells; waste handling (oil
                field wastes or camp wastes); camp operations (housekeeping, billeting,
                dining, medical services); support infrastructure (warehousing and
                supplies, shipping and receiving, road and pad maintenance, surveying,
                inspection, mechanical shops, aircraft support and maintenance);
                emergency response services and trainings; construction within existing
                fields to support oil field infrastructure and crude oil extraction;
                and transportation services by a variety of vehicles. Additional
                details on each of these support activities can be found in AOGA's
                Request.
                [[Page 42987]]
                Specific Ongoing and Planned Activities at Existing Oil and Gas
                Facilities for 2021-2026
                 During the regulatory period, exploration and development
                activities are anticipated to occur in the offshore and continue in the
                current oil field units, including those projects identified by
                Industry, below.
                Badami Unit
                 The Badami oilfield resides between the Point Thomson Unit and the
                Prudhoe Bay Unit, approximately 56 km (35 mi) east of Prudhoe Bay. No
                permanent road connections exist from Badami to other Units, such as
                Prudhoe Bay or the Dalton Highway. The Badami Unit consists of
                approximately 34 ha (85 ac) of tundra, including approximately 9.7 km
                (6 mi) of established industrial duty roads connecting all
                infrastructure, 56 km (35 mi) of pipeline, one gravel mine site, and
                two gravel pads with a total of 10 wells. The oilfield consists of the
                following infrastructure and facilities: A central processing facility
                (CPF) pad, a storage pad, the Badami airstrip pad, the Badami barge
                landing, and a 40.2-km (25-mi) pipeline that connects to Endicott.
                 During the summer, equipment and supplies are transported to Badami
                by contract aircraft from Merrill Field in Anchorage or by barge from
                the West Dock in Prudhoe Bay. During winter drilling activities, a
                tundra ice road is constructed near the Badami/Endicott Pipeline to
                tie-in to the Badami CPF pad. This winter tundra ice road is the only
                land connection to the Dalton Highway and the Badami Unit. Light
                passenger trucks, dump trucks, vacuum trucks, tractor trailers, fuel
                trucks, and heavy equipment (e.g., large drill rigs, well simulation
                equipment) travel on this road during the winter season. This road also
                opens as an ADNR-permitted trail during off-years where Tuckers (a
                brand of tracked vehicle) or tracked Steigers (a brand of tractor) use
                it with sleds and snow machines. Activities related to this opening
                would be limited to necessary resupply and routine valve station
                maintenance along the oil sales pipeline corridor.
                 Flights from Anchorage land at Badami Airfield (N70.13747,
                W147.0304) for a total of 32 flight legs monthly. Additionally, Badami
                transports personnel and equipment from Deadhorse to Badami Airfield.
                Approximately 24 cargo flights land at Badami Airfield annually
                depending on Unit activities and urgency. Badami also conducts aerial
                pipeline inspections. These flights are typically flown by smaller,
                charter aircrafts at a minimum altitude of 305 m (1,000 ft) at ground
                level.
                 Tundra travel at Badami takes place during both the summer and
                winter season. Rolligons and Tuckers (off-road vehicles) are used
                during the summer for cargo and resupply activities but may also be
                used to access any pipelines and valve pads that are not located
                adjacent to the gravel roads. During periods of 24-hour sunlight, these
                vehicles may operate at any hour. Similar off-road vehicles are used
                during the winter season for maintenance and inspections. Temporary ice
                roads and ice pads may be built for the movement of heavy equipment to
                areas that are otherwise inaccessible for crucial maintenance and
                drilling. Ice road construction typically occurs in December or
                January; however, aside from the previously mentioned road connecting
                Badami to the Dalton Highway, ice roads are not routinely built for
                Badami. Roads are only built on an as-needed basis based on specific
                projects. Other activities performed during the winter season include
                pipeline inspections, culvert work, pigging, ground surveillance,
                geotechnical investigations, vertical support member (VSM) leveling,
                reconnaissance routes (along snow machine trails), and potentially
                spill response exercises. Road vehicles used include pickup trucks,
                vacuum trucks, loaders, box vans, excavators, and hot water trucks.
                Standard off-road vehicles include, but are not limited to, Tuckers,
                Rolligons, and snow machines.
                 On occasion, crew boats, landing craft, and barges may transport
                personnel and equipment from West Dock to Badami from July through
                September, pending the open-water window. Tugs and barges may also be
                used depending on operational needs. These trips typically go from
                Badami to other coastal Units, including Endicott and Point Thomson.
                 Badami performs emergency response and oil spill trainings during
                both open-water and ice-covered seasons. Smaller vessels (i.e.,
                zodiacs, aluminum work boats, air boats, and bay-class boats) typically
                participate in these exercises. Future classes may utilize other
                additional equipment or vessels as needed.
                 Currently, 10 wells have been drilled across the lifespan of the
                Badami Unit. Repair and maintenance activities on pipelines, culverts,
                ice roads, and pads are routine within the Badami Unit and occur year-
                round. Badami's current operator has received a permit from the U.S.
                Army Corps of Engineers to permit a new gravel pad (4.04 ha [10 ac])
                located east of the Badami Barge Landing and a new gravel pit. This new
                pad would allow the drilling of seven more deployment wells at Badami.
                All new wells would be tied back to the CPF.
                Duck Island Unit (Endicott)
                 Historically called the Endicott Oilfield, the Duck Island Unit is
                located approximately 16 km (10 mi) northeast of Prudhoe Bay.
                Currently, Hilcorp Alaska, LLC operates the oilfield. Endicott is the
                first offshore oilfield to continuously produce oil in the Arctic area
                of the United States and includes a variety of facilities,
                infrastructure, and islands. Endicott consists of 210 ha (522 ac) of
                land, 24 km (15 mi) of roads, 43 km (24 mi) of pipelines, two pads, and
                no gravel mine sites. The operations center and the processing center
                are situated on the 24-ha (58-ac) Main Production Island (MPI). To
                date, 113 wells have been drilled in efforts to develop the field, of
                which 73 still operate. Additionally, two satellite fields (Eider and
                Sag Delta North) are drilled from the Endicott MPI. Regular activities
                at Endicott consist of production and routine repair on the Endicott
                Sales Oil Pipeline, culverts, bridges, and bench bags. A significant
                repair on a bridge called the ``Big Skookum'' is expected to occur
                during the duration of this ITR.
                 Endicott's facilities are connected by gravel roads and are
                accessible through the Dalton Highway year-round via a variety of
                vehicles (pickup trucks, vacuum trucks, loaders, box vans, excavators,
                hot water trucks). Required equipment and supplies are brought in first
                from Anchorage and Fairbanks, through Deadhorse, and then into
                Endicott. Traffic is substantial, with heavy traffic on routes between
                processing facilities and camps. Conversely, drill site access routes
                experience much less traffic with standard visits occurring twice daily
                (within a 24-hour period). Traffic at drill sites increases during
                active drilling, maintenance, or other related projects and tends to
                subside during normal operations. Hilcorp uses a variety of vehicles on
                these roads, including light passenger trucks, heavy tractor-trailer
                trucks, heavy equipment, and very large drill rigs. Ice roads are only
                built on an as-needed basis for specific projects.
                 Air travel via helicopter from an established pad on Endicott to
                Deadhorse Airport is necessary only if the access bridges are washed
                out (typically mid to late May to the start of June). During such
                instances, approximately 20-30 crew flights would occur along with
                cargo flights about once a week. Hilcorp also performs
                [[Page 42988]]
                maternal polar bear den surveys via aircraft.
                 Hilcorp performs tundra travel work during the winter season
                (December-May; based on the tundra opening dates). Activities involving
                summer tundra travel are not routine, and pipeline inspections can be
                performed using established roads. During the winter season, off-road
                vehicles (e.g., Tuckers, snow machines, or tracked utility vehicles
                called Argo centaurs) perform maintenance, pipeline inspections,
                culvert work, pigging, ground surveillance, VSM leveling,
                reconnaissance routes (snow machine trails), spill response exercises,
                and geotechnical investigations across Endicott.
                 Tugs and barges are used to transport fuel and cargo between
                Endicott, West Dock, Milne, and Northstar during the July to September
                period (pending the open-water period). Trips have been as many as over
                80 or as few as 3 annually depending on the needs in the Unit, and
                since 2012, the number of trips between these fields has ranged from 6
                to 30. However, a tug and barge have been historically used once a year
                to transport workover rigs between West Dock, Endicott, and Northstar.
                Endicott performs emergency response and oil spill trainings during
                both the open-water and ice-covered seasons. Smaller vessels (i.e.,
                zodiacs, Kiwi Noreens, bay-class boats) participate in these exercises;
                however, future classes may utilize other additional equipment or
                vessels (e.g., the ARKTOS amphibious emergency escape vehicle) as
                needed. ARKTOS training will not be conducted during the summer.
                Kuparuk River Unit
                 ConocoPhillips Alaska, Inc., operates facilities in the Kuparuk
                River Unit. This Unit is composed of several additional satellite
                oilfields (Tarn, Palm, Tabasco, West Sak, and Meltwater) containing 49
                producing drill sites. Collectively, the Greater Kuparuk Area consists
                of approximately 1,013 ha (2,504 ac) made up of 209 km (130 mi) of
                gravel roads, 206 km (128 mi) of pipelines, 4 gravel mine sites, and
                over 73 gravel pads. A maximum of 1,200 personnel can be accommodated
                at the Kuparuk Operations Center and the Kuparuk Construction Camp. The
                camps at the Kuparuk Industrial Center are used to accommodate overflow
                personnel.
                 Kuparuk's facilities are all connected by gravel road and are
                accessible from the Dalton Highway year-round. ConocoPhillips utilizes
                a variety of vehicles on these roads, including light passenger trucks,
                heavy tractor-trailer trucks, heavy equipment, and very large drill
                rigs. Required equipment and supplies are flown in through Deadhorse
                and then transported via vehicle into the Kuparuk River Unit. Traffic
                has been noted to be substantial, with specific arterial routes between
                processing facilities and camps experiencing the heaviest use.
                Conversely, drill site access routes experience much less traffic with
                standard visits to drill sites occurring at least twice daily (within a
                24-hour period). Traffic at drill sites increases during drilling
                activities, maintenance, or other related projects and tends to subside
                during normal operations.
                 The Kuparuk River Unit uses its own private runway (Kuparuk
                Airstrip; N70.330708, W149.597688). Crew and personnel are transported
                to Kuparuk on an average of two flights per day. Flights arrive into
                Kuparuk only on the weekdays (Monday through Friday). Year round,
                approximately 34 flights per week transport crew and personnel between
                Kuparuk and Alpine Airport. ConocoPhillips plans to replace the
                passenger flights from Alpine to Kuparuk in 2021 with direct flights to
                both Alpine and Kuparuk from Anchorage. These flights are expected to
                occur five times weekly and will replace the weekly flights from Alpine
                to Kuparuk. Cargo is also flown into Kuparuk on personnel flights. The
                single exception would be for special and specific flights when the
                Spine road is blocked. Occasionally, a helicopter will be used to
                transport personnel and equipment within the Kuparuk River Unit. These
                flights generally occur between mid-May and mid-September and account
                for an estimated 50 landings annually in Kuparuk. The location and
                duration of these flights are variable, and helicopters could land at
                the Kuparuk Airstrip or remote locations on the tundra. However, only 4
                of the estimated 50 landings are within 3.2 km (5 mi) of the coast.
                 ConocoPhillips flies surveys of remote sections of the Kuparuk
                crude pipeline one to two times weekly during summer months as well as
                during winter months when there is reduced visibility from snow cover.
                During winter months, maternal den surveys are also performed using
                aircraft with mounted AIR cameras. Off-road vehicles (such as Rolligons
                and Tuckers) are used for maintenance and inspection of pipelines and
                power poles that are not located adjacent to the gravel roads. These
                vehicles operate near the road (152 m [500 ft]) and may operate for 24
                hours a day during summer months. During winter months, temporary ice
                roads and pads are built to move heavy equipment to areas that may be
                inaccessible. Winter tundra travel distances average approximately
                1,931 km (1,200 mi) with ice roads averaging approximately 17.7 km (11
                mi) and may occur at any hour of the day. Dredging and screeding occur
                annually to the extent necessary for safety, continuation of seawater
                flow, and dock stability at the Kuparuk saltwater treatment plant
                intake and at Oliktok dock. Dredging occurs within a 1.5-ha (3.7-ac)
                area, and screeding occurs within a 1-ha (2.5-ac) area. Operations are
                conducted during the open-water season (May to October annually).
                Removed material from screeding and dredging is deposited in upland
                areas above the high tide, such as along the Oliktok causeway and
                saltwater treatment plant (STP) pad. ConocoPhillips removes
                approximately 0.6 to 1.1 m (2 to 3.5 ft) of sediment per year. Dredging
                activities typically last for 21 days, and screeding activities
                typically last 12 days annually. Boats are also used to perform routine
                maintenance as needed on the STP outfalls and inlets. ConocoPhillips
                infrequently has marine vessel traffic at the Oliktok Dock.
                 ConocoPhillips performs emergency response and oil spill trainings
                during both open-water and ice-covered seasons. Smaller vessels (i.e.,
                zodiacs, aluminum work boats, air boats, and bay-class boats) typically
                participate in these exercises. Future classes may utilize other
                additional equipment or vessels as needed.
                 The Willow Development Project, which is described in full in
                Planned Activities at New Oil and Gas Facilities for 2021-2026, would
                lead to increased activity through the Kuparuk River Unit.
                Prefabricated modules would be transported through the Unit. Module
                transportation involves an increase in road, aircraft, and vessel
                traffic resulting in the need for gravel road and gravel pad
                modifications, ice road and ice pad construction, and sea floor
                screeding. During the 2023 summer season, gravel hauling and placement
                to modify existing roads and pads used in support of the Willow
                Development would take place. An existing 12-acre gravel pad located
                13.2 km (2 mi) south of the Oliktok Dock would require the addition of
                33,411 cubic m (43,700 cubic yd) of gravel, increasing pad thickness to
                support the weight of the modules during staging. However, this
                addition of gravel would not impact the current footprint of the pad.
                Additionally, ConocoPhillips plans to widen six road curves and add
                four 0.2-ha (0.5-ac) pullouts between the Oliktok Dock and Drill Site
                2P as well as increase the thickness of the 3.2-km (2-
                [[Page 42989]]
                mi) gravel road from the Oliktok Dock to the staging pad--requiring
                approximately 30,811 cubic m (40,300 yd) of gravel and resulting in an
                increase in footprint of the gravel road by https://www.boem.gov/Hilcorp-Liberty/. The pipeline would extend from the LDPI, across Foggy
                Island Bay, and terminate onshore at the existing Badami Pipeline tie-
                in location. For the marine segment, construction would progress from
                shallower water to deeper water with multiple construction spreads.
                 To install the pipeline, a trench would be excavated using ice-
                road-based long-reach excavators with pontoon tracks. The pipeline
                bundle would be lowered into the trench using side booms to control its
                vertical and horizontal position, and the trench would be backfilled by
                excavators using excavated trench spoils and select backfill. Hilcorp
                intends to place all material back in the trench slot. All work would
                be done from ice roads using conventional excavation and dirt-moving
                construction equipment. The target trench depth is 2.7 to 3.4 m (9 to
                11 ft) with a proposed maximum depth of cover of approximately 2.1 m (7
                ft). The pipeline would be approximately 9 km (5.6 mi) long.
                 At the pipeline landfall (where the pipeline transitions from
                onshore to offshore), Hilcorp would construct an approximately 0.6-ha
                (1.4-ac) trench to protect against coastal erosion and ice ride-up
                associated with onshore sea ice movement and to accommodate the
                installation of thermosiphons (heat pipes that circulate fluid based on
                natural convection to maintain or cool ambient ground temperature)
                along the pipeline. The onshore pipeline would cross the tundra for
                almost 2.4 km (1.5 mi) until it intersects the existing Badami pipeline
                system. The single wall 30.5-cm (12-in) pipeline would rest on 150 to
                170 VSMs, spaced approximately 15 m (50 ft) apart to provide the
                pipeline a minimum 2.1-m (7-ft) clearance above the tundra. Hydro-
                testing (pressure testing using sea water) of the entire pipeline would
                be required to complete pipeline commissioning.
                 The final drill rig has yet to be chosen but has been narrowed to 2
                options and would accommodate drilling of 16 wells. The first option is
                the use of an existing platform-style drilling unit that Hilcorp owns
                and operates in the Cook Inlet. Designated as Rig 428, the rig has been
                used recently and is well suited in terms of depth and horsepower
                rating to drill the wells at Liberty. A second option that is being
                investigated is a new build drilling unit that would be built not only
                to drill Liberty development wells but would be more portable and more
                adaptable to other applications on the North Slope. Regardless of drill
                rig type, the well row arrangement on the island is designed to
                accommodate up to 16 wells. While Hilcorp is proposing a 16-well
                design, only 10 wells would be drilled. The six additional well slots
                would be available as backups or for potential in-fill drilling if
                needed during the project life.
                 Drilling would be done using a conventional rotary drilling rig,
                initially powered by diesel, and eventually converted to fuel gas
                produced from the third well. Gas from the third well would also
                replace diesel fuel for the grind-and-inject facility and production
                facilities. A location on the LDPI is designated for drilling a relief
                well, if needed.
                 Process facilities on the island would separate crude oil from
                produced water and gas. Gas and water would be injected into the
                reservoir to provide pressure support and increase recovery from the
                field. A single-phase subsea pipe-in-pipe pipeline would transport
                sales-quality crude from the LDPI to shore, where an aboveground
                pipeline would transport crude to the existing Badami pipeline. From
                there, crude would be transported to the Endicott Sales Oil Pipeline,
                which ties into Pump Station 1 of the TAPS for eventual delivery to a
                refinery.
                North Slope Gas Development
                 The AOGA Request discusses two projects currently submitted for
                approval and permitting that would transport natural gas from the North
                Slope via pipeline. Only a small fraction of this project would fall
                within the 40-km (25-mi) inland jurisdiction area of this ITR. The two
                projects are the Alaska Liquified Natural Gas Project (Alaska LNG) and
                the Alaska Stand Alone Pipeline (ASAP). Both of these projects are
                discussed below and their effects analyzed in this ITR, but only one
                project could be constructed during the 2021-2026 period.
                Alaska Liquefied Natural Gas Project (Alaska LNG)
                 The Alaska LNG project has been proposed by the Alaska Gasline
                Development Corporation (AGDC) to serve as a single integrated project
                with several facilities designed to liquefy natural gas. The fields of
                interest are the Point Thomson Unit (PTU) and PBU production fields.
                The Alaska LNG project would consist of a Gas Treatment Plant (GTP); a
                Point Thomson Transmission Line (PTTL) to connect the GTP to the PTU
                gas production facility; a Prudhoe Bay Transmission Line (PBTL) to
                connect the GTP to the PBU gas production facility; a liquefaction
                facility in southcentral Alaska; and a 1,297-km (807-mi)-long, 107-cm
                (42-in)-diameter pipeline (called the Mainline) that would connect the
                GTP to the liquefaction facility. Only the GTP, PTTL, PBTL, a portion
                of the Mainline, and related ancillary facilities would be located
                within the geographic scope of AOGA's Request. Related components would
                require the construction of ice roads, ice pads, gravel roads, gravel
                pads, camps, laydown areas, and infrastructure to support barge and
                module offloading.
                 Barges would be used to transport GTP modules at West Dock at
                Prudhoe Bay several times annually, with GTP modules being offloaded
                and transported by land to the proposed GTP facility in the PBU.
                However, deliveries would require deep draft tug and barges to a newly
                constructed berthing site at the northeast end of West Dock.
                Additionally, some barges would continue to deliver small modules and
                supplies to Point Thomson. Related activities include screeding,
                shallow draft tug use, sea ice cutting, gravel placement, sea ice road
                and sea ice pad development, vibratory and impact pile driving, and the
                use of an offshore barge staging area.
                [[Page 42999]]
                 A temporary bridge (developed from ballasted barges) would be
                developed to assist in module transportation. Barges would be ballasted
                when the area is ice-free and then removed and overwintered at West
                Dock before the sea freezes over. A staging area would then be used to
                prepare modules for transportation, maintenance, and gravel road
                development. Installation of ramps and fortification would utilize
                vibratory and impact pile driving. Seabed preparations and level
                surface preparations (i.e., ice cutting, ice road development, gravel
                placement, screeding) would take place as needed. Breasting/mooring
                dolphins would be installed at the breach point via pile driving to
                anchor and stabilize the ballasted barges.
                 A gravel pad would be developed to assist construction of the GTP,
                adjacent camps, and other relevant facilities where work crews utilize
                heavy equipment and machinery to assemble, install, and connect the GTP
                modules. To assist, gravel mining would use digging and blasting, and
                gravel would be placed to create pads and develop or improve ice and
                gravel roads.
                 Several types of development and construction would be required at
                different stages of the project. The construction of the Mainline would
                require the use of ice pads, ice roads, gravel roads, chain trenchers,
                crane booms, backhoes, and other heavy equipment. The installation of
                the PTTL and PBTL would require ice roads, ice pads, gravel roads,
                crane booms, mobile drills or augers, lifts, and other heavy equipment.
                After installation, crews would work on land and streambank
                restoration, revegetation, hydrostatic testing, pipeline security, and
                monitoring efforts. The development of the ancillary facility would
                require the construction of ice roads, ice pads, as well as minimal
                transportation and gravel placement.
                Alaska Stand Alone Pipeline (ASAP)
                 The ASAP is the alternative project option that AGDC could utilize,
                allowing North Slope natural gas to be supplied to Alaskan communities.
                ASAP would require several components, including a Gas Conditioning
                Facility (GCF) at Prudhoe Bay; a 1,180-km (733-mi)-long, 0.9-m (36-in)-
                diameter pipeline that would connect the GCF to a tie-in found in
                southcentral Alaska (called the Mainline); and a 48-km (30-m), 0.3-m
                (12-in)-diameter lateral pipeline connecting the Mainline pipeline to
                Fairbanks (referred to as the Fairbanks Lateral). Similar to the Alaska
                LNG pipeline, only parts of this project would fall within the
                geographic scope of this ITR. These relevant project components are the
                GCF, a portion of the ASAP Mainline, and related ancillary facilities.
                Construction would include the installation of supporting facilities
                and infrastructure, ice road and pad development, gravel road and pad
                development, camp establishment, laydown area establishment, and
                additional infrastructure to support barge and module offloading.
                 Barges would be used to transport the GCF modules to West Dock in
                Prudhoe Bay and would be offloaded and transported by ground to the
                proposed facility site within the PBU. Module and supply deliveries
                would utilize deep draft tugs and barges to access an existing berthing
                location on the northeast side of West Dock called DH3. Maintenance on
                DH3 would be required to accommodate the delivery of larger loads and
                would consist of infrastructure reinforcement and elevation increases
                on one of the berths. In the winter, a navigational channel and turn
                basin would be dredged to a depth of 2.7 m (9 ft). Dredged material
                would be disposed of on ground-fast ice found in 0.6-1.2 m (2-4 ft)
                deep water in Prudhoe Bay. An offshore staging area would be developed
                approximately 4.8-8 km (3-5 mi) from West Dock to allow deep draft tugs
                and barges to stage before further transportation to DH3 and subsequent
                offload by shallow draft tugs. Other activities include seabed
                screeding, gravel placement, development of a sea ice road and pads,
                and pile driving (vibratory and impact) to install infrastructure at
                West Dock.
                 A temporary bridge (composed of ballasted barges and associated
                infrastructure) paralleling an existing weight-limited bridge would be
                developed to assist in transporting large modules off West Dock. Barges
                would be ballasted when the area is ice-free and then removed and
                overwintered at West Dock before the sea freezes over. A staging area
                would be used to prepare modules for transportation, maintenance, and
                gravel road development. The bridge construction would require ramp
                installation, fortification through impact, and vibratory pile driving.
                Support activities (development of ice roads and pads, gravel roads and
                pads, ice cutting, seabed screeding) would also take place. Breasting/
                mooring dolphins would be installed at the breach point via pile
                driving to anchor and stabilize the ballasted barges.
                 A gravel facility pad would be formed to assist in the construction
                of the GCF. Access roads would then be developed to allow crews and
                heavy equipment to install and connect various GCF modules. Gravel
                would be obtained through digging, blasting, transportation, gravel pad
                placement, and improvements to other ice and gravel roads.
                 The construction of the Mainline pipeline would require the
                construction of ice pads, ice roads, and gravel roads along with the
                use of chain trenchers, crane booms, backhoes, and other heavy
                equipment. Block valves would be installed above ground along the
                length of the Mainline. After installation, crews would work on land
                and streambank restoration, revegetation, hydrostatic testing, pipeline
                security, and monitoring efforts.
                Pikka Unit
                 The Pikka Development (formally known as the Nanshuk Project) is
                located approximately 83.7 km (52 mi) west of Deadhorse and 11.3 km (7
                mi) northeast of Nuiqsut. Oil Search Alaska operates leases held
                jointly between the State of Alaska and ASRC located southeast of the
                East Channel of the Colville River. Pikka is located further southwest
                from the existing Oooguruk Development Project, west of the existing
                KRU, and east of Alpine and Alpine's Satellite Development Projects.
                Most of the infrastructure is located over 8 km (5 mi) from the coast
                within the Pikka Unit; however, Oil Search Alaska expects some smaller
                projects and activities to occur outside the unit to the south, east,
                and at Oliktok Point.
                 The Pikka Project would include a total of 3 drill-sites for
                approximately 150 (production, injectors, underground injection) wells,
                as well as the Nanshuk Processing Facility (NPF), the Nanushuk
                Operations Pad, a tie-in pad (TIP), various camps, warehouses,
                facilities on pads, infield pipelines, pipelines for import and export
                activities, various roads (ice, infield, access), a boat ramp, and a
                portable water system. Additionally, there are plans to expand the
                Oliktok Dock and to install an STP adjacent to the already existing
                infrastructure. A make-up water pipeline would also be installed from
                the STP to the TIP. Oil Search Alaska also plans to perform minor
                upgrades and maintenance, as necessary, to the existing road systems to
                facilitate transportation of sealift modules from Oliktok Point to the
                Pikka Unit.
                 Oil Search Alaska plans to develop a pad to station the NPF and all
                relevant equipment and operations (i.e., phase separation, heating and
                cooling, pumping, gas treatment and compression for gas injections,
                water treatment for injection). All oil procured, processed, and
                designated for
                [[Page 43000]]
                sale would travel from the NPF to the TIP near Kuparuk's CPF 2 via the
                Pikka Project pipeline that would tie in to the Kuparuk Sales Pipeline
                and would then be transported to TAPS. Construction of the pad would
                allow for additional space that could be repurposed for drilling or for
                operational use during the development of the Pikka Project. This pad
                would contain other facilities required for project operation and
                development, including: Metering and pigging facilities; power
                generation facilities; a truck fill station; construction material
                staging areas; equipment staging areas; a tank farm (contains diesel,
                refined fuel, crude oil, injection water, production chemicals, glycol,
                and methanol storage tanks); and a central control room. All major
                components required for the development of the NPF would be constructed
                off-site and brought in via truck or barge during the summer season.
                Barges would deliver and offload necessary modules at Oliktok Dock,
                which would travel to the NPF site during summer months. Seabed
                screeding would occur at Oliktok Point to maintain water depth for
                necessary barges.
                 Pikka would use gravel roads to the Unit, which would allow year-
                round access from the Dalton Highway. All gravel needed for project
                activities (approximately 112 ha [276 ac]) would be sourced from
                several existing gravel mine sites. A majority of gravel acquisition
                and laying would occur during the winter season and then be compacted
                in the summer. All equipment and supplies necessary would be brought in
                on existing roads from Anchorage or Fairbanks to Deadhorse. Supplies
                and equipment would then be forwarded to the Pikka Unit; no aerial
                transportation for supplies is expected. Regular traffic is expected
                once construction of the roads is completed; Oil Search Alaska expects
                arterial routes between the processing facilities and camps to
                experience the heaviest use of traffic. Drill-site access roads are
                expected to experience the least amount of traffic; however, drill-site
                traffic is expected to increase temporarily during periods of active
                drilling, maintenance, or other relevant aspects of the project.
                Standard vehicles would include light passenger trucks, heavy tractor-
                trailer trucks, heavy equipment, and oil rigs.
                 Several types of aircraft operations are expected at the Pikka Unit
                throughout the 2021-2026 period. Personnel would be transported to
                Pikka via commercial flights from Deadhorse Airport and by ground-based
                vehicle transport. Currently, there is no plan to develop an airstrip
                at Pikka. Personnel flights are expected to be infrequent to and from
                the Pikka Unit; however, Oil Search Alaska expects that some transport
                directly to the Unit may be required. Several environmental studies
                performed via aircraft are expected during the ITR period. Some of
                these include AIR surveys, cultural resources, stick-picking, and
                hydrology studies. AIR surveys in support of the Pikka Unit would occur
                annually to locate polar bear dens.
                 Summer travel would utilize vehicles such as Rolligons and Tuckers
                to assess pipelines not found adjacent to the gravel roads. During 24-
                hour sunlight periods, these vehicles would operate across all hours.
                Stick-picking and thermistor retrieval would also occur in the summer.
                In the winter, ice roads would be constructed across the Unit. These
                ice roads would be developed to haul gravel from existing mine sites to
                haul gravel for road and pad construction. Ice roads would also be
                constructed to support the installation of VSM and pipelines. Off-road
                winter vehicles would be used when the tundra is frozen and covered
                with snow to provide maintenance and access for inspection. Temporary
                ice roads and ice pads would be built to allow for the movement and
                staging of heavy equipment, maintenance, and construction. Oil Search
                Alaska would perform regular winter travel to support operations across
                the Pikka Unit.
                 Oil Search Alaska plans to install a bridge over the Kachemach
                River (more than 8 km [5 mi] from the coast) and install the STP at
                Oliktok Point. Both projects would require in-water pile driving, which
                is expected to take place during the winter seasons. In-water pile
                driving (in the winter), placement of gravel fill (open-water period),
                and installation of the STP barge outfall structure (open-water period)
                would take place at Oliktok Point. Dredging and screeding activities
                would prepare the site for STP and module delivery via barge. Annual
                maintenance screeding and dredging (expected twice during the Request
                period) may be needed to maintain the site. Dredging spoils would be
                transported away, and all work would occur during the open-water season
                between May and October. Screeding activities are expected to take
                place annually over the course of a 2-week period, depending on
                stability and safety needs.
                Gas Hydrate Exploration and Research
                 The U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) estimates that the North Slope
                contains over 54 trillion cubic feet of recoverable gas assets
                (Collette et al. 2019). Over the last 5 years, Industry has
                demonstrated a growing interest in the potential to explore and extract
                these reserves. Federal funds from the Department of Energy have been
                provided in the past to support programs on domestic gas hydrate
                exploration, research, and development. Furthermore, the State of
                Alaska provides support for gas hydrate research and development
                through the development of the Eileen hydrate trend deferred area near
                Milne Point, with specific leases being offered for gas hydrate
                research and exploration.
                 As of 2021, a few gas hydrate exploration and test wells have been
                drilled within the Beaufort Sea region. Due to the support the gas
                hydrate industry has received, AOGA expects continued interest to grow
                over the years. As such, AOGA expects that a relatively low but
                increasing amount of gas hydrate exploration and research is expected
                throughout the 2021-2026 period.
                Environmental Studies
                 Per AOGA's Request, Industry would continue to engage in various
                environmental studies throughout the life of the ITR. Such activities
                include: Geological and geotechnical surveys (i.e., seismic surveys);
                surveys on geomorphology (soils, ice content, permafrost), archeology
                and cultural resources; vegetation mapping; analysis of fish, avian,
                and mammal species and their habitats; acoustic monitoring; hydrology
                studies; and various other freshwater, marine, and terrestrial studies
                of the coastal and offshore regions within the Arctic. These studies
                typically include various stakeholders, including consultants and
                consulting companies; other industries; government; academia
                (university-level); nonprofits and nongovernmental organizations; and
                local community parties. However, AOGA's 2021-2026 ITR Request seeks
                coverage only for environmental studies directly related to Industry
                activities (e.g., monitoring studies in response to regulatory
                requirements). No third-party studies will be covered except by those
                mentioned in this ITR and the AOGA Request.
                 During the 2021-2026 lifespan of the ITR, Industry would continue
                studies that are conducted for general monitoring purposes for
                regulatory and/or permit requirements and for expected or planned
                exploration and development activities within the Beaufort Sea region.
                Environmental studies are anticipated to occur during the summer season
                as to avoid overlap with any denning polar bears. Activities
                [[Page 43001]]
                may utilize vessels, fixed-wing aircrafts, or helicopters to access
                research sites.
                Mitigation Measures
                 AOGA has included in their Request a number of measures to mitigate
                the effects of the proposed activities on Pacific walruses and polar
                bears. Many of these measures have been historically used by oil and
                gas entities throughout the North Slope of Alaska and have been
                developed as a part of past coordination with the Service. Measures
                include: Development and adherence to polar bear and Pacific walrus
                interaction plans; design of facilities to reduce the possibility of
                polar bears reaching attractants; avoidance of operating equipment near
                potential den locations; flying aircraft at a minimum altitude and
                distance from polar bears and hauled out Pacific walruses; employing
                trained protected species observers; and reporting all polar bear or
                Pacific walrus encounters to the Service. Additional descriptions of
                these measures can be found in the AOGA Request for an ITR at:
                www.regulations.gov in Docket No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037.
                Maternal Polar Bear Den Survey Flights
                 Per AOGA's Request, Industry will also conduct aerial infrared
                (AIR) surveys to locate maternal polar bear dens in order to mitigate
                potential impacts to mothers and cubs during the lifetime of this ITR.
                AIR surveys are used to detect body heat emitted by polar bears, which,
                in turn, is used to determine potential denning polar bears. AIR
                surveys are performed in winter months (December or January) before
                winter activities commence. AIR imagery is analyzed in real-time during
                the flight and then reviewed post-flight with the Service to identify
                any suspected maternal den locations, ensure appropriate coverage, and
                check the quality of the images and recordings. Some sites may need to
                be resurveyed if a suspected hotspot (heat signature detectable in a
                snowdrift) is observed. These followup surveys of hotspots are
                conducted in varying weather conditions or using an electro-optical
                camera during daylight hours. On-the-ground reconnaissance or the use
                of scent-training dogs may also be used to recheck the suspected den.
                 Surveys utilize AIR cameras on fixed-wing aircrafts with flights
                typically flown between 245-457 meters (800-1,500 feet) above ground
                level at a speed of http://www.fws.gov/r7/fisheries/mmm/polarbear/pdf/federal_register_notice.pdf.
                Stock Size and Range
                 In Alaska, polar bears have historically been observed as far south
                in the Bering Sea as St. Matthew Island and the Pribilof Islands (Ray
                1971). A detailed description of the SBS polar bear stock can be found
                in the Service's revised Polar Bear (Ursus maritimus) Stock Assessment
                Report (86 FR 33337, June 24, 2021). Digital copies of these Stock
                Assessment Report is are available at: https://www.fws.gov/alaska/sites/default/files/2021-06/Southern%20Beaufort%20Sea%20SAR%20Final_May%2019rev.pdf. and https://www.fws.gov/alaska/sites/default/files/2021-06/Chukchi_Bering%20Sea%20SAR%20Final%20May%2019%20rev.pdf.
                Southern Beaufort Sea Stock
                 The SBS polar bear stock is shared between Canada and Alaska.
                Radio-telemetry data, combined with ear tag returns from harvested
                bears, suggest that the SBS stock occupies a region with a western
                boundary near Icy Cape, Alaska (Scharf et al. 2019), and an eastern
                boundary near Tuktoyaktuk, Northwest Territories, Canada (Durner et al.
                2018).
                 The most recent population estimates for the Alaska SBS stock were
                produced by the U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) in 2020 (Atwood et al.
                2020) and are based on mark-recapture and collared bear data collected
                from the SBS stock from 2001 to 2016. The SBS stock declined from 2003
                to 2006 (this was also reported by Bromaghin et al. 2015) but
                stabilized from 2006 through 2015. The stock may have increased in size
                from 2009 to 2012; however, low survival in 2013 appears to have offset
                those gains. Atwood et al. (2020) provide estimates for the portion of
                the SBS stock only within the State of Alaska; however, their updated
                abundance estimate from 2015 is consistent with the estimate from
                Bromaghin et al. (2015) for 2010. Thus, the number of bears in the SBS
                stock is thought to have remained constant since the Bromaghin et al.
                (2015) estimate of 907 bears. This number is also supported by survival
                rate estimates provided by Atwood et al. (2020) that were relatively
                high in 2001-2003, decreased during 2004-2008, then improved in 2009,
                and remained high until 2015, except for much lower rates in 2012.
                Pacific Walrus
                 Pacific walruses constitute a single panmictic population (Beatty
                et al. 2020) primarily inhabiting the shallow continental shelf waters
                of the Bering and Chukchi Seas where their distribution is largely
                influenced by the extent of the seasonal pack ice and prey densities
                (Lingqvist et al. 2009; Berta and Churchill 2012; USFWS 2017). From
                April to June, most of the population migrates from the Bering Sea
                through the Bering Strait and into the Chukchi Sea along lead systems
                that develop in the sea-ice and that are closely associated with the
                edge of the seasonal pack ice during the open-water season (Truhkin and
                Simokon 2018). By July, tens of thousands of animals can be found along
                the edge of the pack ice from Russian waters to areas west of Point
                Barrow, Alaska (Fay 1982; Gilbert et al. 1992; Belikov et al. 1996;
                USFWS 2017). The pack ice has historically advanced rapidly southward
                in late fall, and most walruses return to the Bering Sea by mid- to
                late-November. During the winter breeding season, walruses are found in
                three concentration areas in the Bering Sea where open leads, polynyas,
                or thin ice occur (Fay 1982; Fay et al. 1984, Garlich-Miller et al.
                2011a; Duffy-Anderson et al. 2019). While the specific location of
                these groups varies annually and seasonally depending upon the extent
                of the sea-ice, generally one group occurs near the Gulf of Anadyr,
                another south of St. Lawrence Island, and a third in the southeastern
                Bering Sea south of Nunivak Island into northwestern Bristol Bay (Fay
                1982; Mymrin et al. 1990; Garlich-Miller et al. 2011 USFWS 2017).
                 Although most walruses remain either in the Chukchi (for adult
                females and dependent young) or Bering (for adult males) Seas
                throughout the summer
                [[Page 43004]]
                months, a few occasionally range into the Beaufort Sea in late summer
                (Mymrin et al. 1990; Garlich-Miller and Jay 2000; USFWS 2017). Industry
                monitoring reports have observed no more than 38 walruses in the
                Beaufort Sea ITR geographic region between 1995 and 2015, with only a
                few instances of disturbance to those walruses (AES Alaska 2015,
                Kalxdorff and Bridges 2003, USFWS unpubl. data). The USGS and the
                Alaska Department of Fish and Game (ADF&G) have fitted between 30-60
                walruses with satellite transmitters each year during spring and summer
                since 2008 and 2013 respectively. In 2014, a female tagged by ADF&G
                spent about 3 weeks in Harrison Bay, Beaufort Sea (ADF&G 2014). The
                USGS tracking data indicates that at least one tagged walrus ventured
                into the Beaufort Sea for brief periods in all years except 2011. Most
                of these movements extend northeast of Utqiagvik to the continental
                shelf edge north of Smith Bay (USGS 2015). All available information
                indicates that few walruses currently enter the Beaufort Sea and those
                that do, spend little time there. The Service and USGS are conducting
                multiyear studies on the walrus population to investigate movements and
                habitat use patterns, as it is possible that as sea-ice diminishes in
                the Chukchi Sea beyond the 5-year period of this rule, walrus
                distribution and habitat use may change.
                 Walruses are generally found in waters of 100 m (328 ft) or less
                where they utilize sea-ice for passive transportation and rest over
                feeding areas, avoid predators, and birth and nurse their young (Fay
                1982; Ray et al. 2006; Rosen 2020). The diet of walruses consists
                primarily of benthic invertebrates, most notably mollusks (Class
                Bivalvia) and marine worms (Class Polychaeta) (Fay 1982; Fay 1985;
                Bowen and Siniff 1999; Born et al. 2003; Dehn et al. 2007; Sheffield
                and Grebmeier 2009; Maniscalco et al. 2020). When foraging, walruses
                are capable of diving to great depths with most dives lasting between 5
                and 10 minutes with a 1-2-minute surface interval (Fay 1982; Bowen and
                Siniff 1999; Born et al. 2003; Dehn et al. 2007; Sheffield and
                Grebmeier 2009). The foraging activity of walruses is thought to have a
                significant influence on the ecology of the Bering and Chukchi Seas by
                disturbing the sea floor, thereby releasing nutrients into the water
                column that provide food for scavenger organisms and contributing to
                the diversity of the benthic community (Oliver et al. 1983; Klaus et
                al. 1990; Ray et al. 2006). In addition to feeding on benthic
                invertebrates, native hunters have also reported incidences of walruses
                preying on seals, fish, and other vertebrates (Fay 1982; Sheffield and
                Grebmeier 2009; Seymour et al. 2014).
                 Walruses are social and gregarious animals that often travel and
                haul-out onto ice or land in groups where they spend approximately 20-
                30 percent of their time out of the water (Gilbert 1999; Kastelien
                2002; Jefferson et al. 2008; Monson et al. 2013; USFWS 2017). Hauled-
                out walruses tend to be in close physical contact, with groups ranging
                from a few animals up to tens of thousands of individuals--the largest
                aggregations occurring at land haul-outs (Gilbert 1999; Monson et al.
                2013; MacCracken 2017). In recent years, the barrier islands north of
                Point Lay, Alaska, have held large aggregations of walruses (20,000-
                40,000) in late summer and fall (Monson et al. 2013; USFWS 2017).
                 The size of the walrus population has never been known with
                certainty. Based on large sustained harvests in the 18th and 19th
                centuries, Fay (1957) speculated that the pre-exploitation population
                was represented by a minimum of 200,000 animals. Since that time,
                population size following European contact fluctuated markedly in
                response to varying levels of human exploitation. Large-scale
                commercial harvests are thought to have reduced the population to
                50,000-100,000 animals in the mid-1950s (Fay et al. 1989). Following
                the implementation of harvest regulations in the 1960s and 1970s, which
                limited the take of females, the population increased rapidly and
                likely reached or exceeded the food-based carrying capacity of the
                region by 1980 (Fay et al. 1989, Fay et al. 1997, Garlich-Miller et al.
                2006, MacCracken et al. 2014).
                 Between 1975 and 1990, aerial surveys conducted jointly by the
                United States and Russia at 5-year intervals produced population
                estimates ranging from about 200,000 to 255,000 individuals with large
                confidence intervals (Fay 1957; Fay 1982; Speckman et al. 2011).
                Efforts to survey the walrus population were suspended by both
                countries after 1990 following problems with survey methods that
                severely limited their utility. In 2006, the United States and Russia
                conducted another joint aerial survey in the pack ice of the Bering Sea
                using thermal imaging systems to more accurately count walruses hauled
                out on sea-ice and applied satellite transmitters to account for
                walruses in the water (Speckman et al. 2011). In 2013, the Service
                began a genetic mark-recapture study to estimate population size. An
                initial analysis of data in the period 2013-2015 led to the most recent
                estimate of 283,213 Pacific walruses with a 95% confidence interval of
                93,000 to 478,975 individuals (Beatty 2017). Although this is the most
                recent estimate of Pacific walrus population size, it should be used
                with caution as it is preliminary.
                 Taylor and Udevitz (2015) used data from five aerial surveys and
                with ship-based age and sex composition counts that occurred in 1981-
                1984, 1998, and 1999 (Citta et al. 2014) in a Bayesian integrated
                population model to estimate population trends and vital rates in the
                period 1975-2006. They recalculated the 1975-1990 aerial survey
                estimates based on a lognormal distribution for inclusion in their
                model. Their results generally agreed with the large-scale population
                trends identified by Citta et al. (2014) but with slightly different
                population estimates in some years along with more precise confidence
                intervals. Ultimately, Taylor and Udevitz (2015) concluded (i) that
                though their model provides improved clarity on past walrus population
                trends and vital rates, it cannot overcome the large uncertainties in
                the available population size data, and (ii) that the absolute size of
                the Pacific walrus population will continue to be speculative until
                accurate empirical estimation of the population size becomes feasible.
                 A detailed description of the Pacific walrus stock can be found in
                the Pacific Walrus (Odobenus rosmarus divergens) Species Status
                Assessment (USFWS 2017). A digital copy of the Species Status
                Assessment is available at: https://ecos.fws.gov/ServCat/DownloadFile/132114?Reference=86869.
                 Polar bears are known to prey on walruses, particularly calves, and
                killer whales (Orcinus orca) have been known to take all age classes of
                walruses (Frost et al. 1992, Melnikov and Zagrebin 2005; Rode et al.
                2014; Truhkin and Simokon 2018). Predation rates are unknown but are
                thought to be highest near terrestrial haulout sites where large
                aggregations of walruses can be found; however, few observations exist
                of predation upon walruses further offshore.
                 Walruses have been hunted by coastal Alaska Natives and native
                people of the Chukotka, Russian Federation, for thousands of years (Fay
                et al. 1989). Exploitation of the walrus population by Europeans has
                also occurred in varying degrees since the arrival of exploratory
                expeditions (Fay et al. 1989). Commercial harvest of walruses ceased in
                the United States in 1941, and sport
                [[Page 43005]]
                hunting ceased in 1972 with the passage of the MMPA and ceased in 1990
                in Russia. Presently, walrus hunting in Alaska is restricted to
                subsistence use by Alaska Natives. Harvest mortality during 2000-2018
                for both the United States and Russian Federation averaged 3,207 (SE =
                194) walruses per year. This mortality estimate includes corrections
                for under-reported harvest and struck and lost animals. Harvests have
                been declining by about 3 percent per year since 2000 and were
                exceptionally low in the United States in 2012-2014. Resource managers
                in Russia have concluded that the population has declined and have
                reduced harvest quotas in recent years accordingly (Kochnev 2004;
                Kochnev 2005; Kochnev 2010; pers. comm.; Litovka 2015, pers. comm.)
                based in part on the lower abundance estimate generated from the 2006
                survey. Total harvest quotas in Russia were further decreased in 2020
                to 1,088 walruses (Ministry of Agriculture of the Russian Federation
                Order of March 23, 2020). Intra-specific trauma at coastal haulouts is
                also a known source of injury and mortality (Garlich-Miller et al.
                2011). The risk of stampede-related injuries increases with the number
                of animals hauled out and with the duration spent on coastal haulouts,
                with calves and young being the most vulnerable to suffer injuries and/
                or mortality (USFWS 2017). However, management and protection programs
                in both the United States and the Russian Federation have been somewhat
                successful in reducing disturbances and large mortality events at
                coastal haulouts (USFWS 2015).
                Climate Change
                 Global climate change will impact the future of both Pacific walrus
                and polar bear populations. As atmospheric greenhouse gas
                concentrations increase so will global temperatures (Pierrehumbert
                2011; IPCC 2014) with substantial implications for the Arctic
                environment and its inhabitants (Bellard et al. 2012, Scheffers et al.
                2016, Harwood et al. 2001, Nunez et al. 2019). The Arctic has warmed at
                twice the global rate (IPCC 2014), and long-term data sets show that
                substantial reductions in both the extent and thickness of Arctic sea-
                ice cover have occurred over the past 40 years (Meier et al. 2014, Frey
                et al. 2015). Stroeve et al. (2012) estimated that, since 1979, the
                minimum area of fall Arctic sea-ice declined by over 12 percent per
                decade through 2010. Record low minimum areas of fall Arctic sea-ice
                extent were recorded in 2002, 2005, 2007, and 2012. Further,
                observations of sea-ice in the Beaufort Sea have shown a trend since
                2004 of sea-ice break-up earlier in the year, re-formation of sea-ice
                later in the year, and a greater proportion of first-year ice in the
                ice cover (Galley et al. 2016). The overall trend of decline of Arctic
                sea-ice is expected to continue for the foreseeable future (Stroeve et
                al. 2007; Amstrup et al. 2008; Hunter et al. 2010; Overland and Wang
                2013; 73 FR 28212, May 15, 2008; IPCC 2014). Decline in Arctic sea ice
                affects Arctic species through habitat loss and altered trophic
                interactions. These factors may contribute to population distribution
                changes, population mixing, and pathogen transmission (Post et al.
                2013), which further impact population health.
                 For polar bears, sea-ice habitat loss due to climate change has
                been identified as the primary cause of conservation concern (e.g.,
                Stirling and Derocher 2012, Atwood et al. 2016b, USFWS 2016). A 42
                percent loss of optimal summer polar bear habitat throughout the Arctic
                is projected for the decade of 2045-2054 (Durner et al. 2009). A recent
                global assessment of the vulnerability of the 19 polar bear stocks to
                future climate warming ranked the SBS as one of the three most
                vulnerable stocks (Hamilton and Derocher 2019). The study, which
                examined factors such as the size of the stock, continental shelf area,
                ice conditions, and prey diversity, attributed the high vulnerability
                of the SBS stock primarily to deterioration of ice conditions. The SBS
                polar bear stock occurs within the Polar Basin Divergent Ecoregion
                (PBDE), which is characterized by extensive sea-ice formation during
                the winters and the sea ice melting and pulling away from the coast
                during the summers (Amstrup et al. 2008). Projections show that polar
                bear stocks within the PBDE may be extirpated within the next 45-75
                years at current rates of sea-ice declines (Amstrup et al. 2007,
                Amstrup et al. 2008). Atwood et al. (2016) also predicted that polar
                bear stocks within the PBDE will be more likely to greatly decrease in
                abundance and distribution as early as the 2020-2030 decade primarily
                as a result of sea-ice habitat loss.
                 Sea-ice habitat loss affects the distribution and habitat use
                patterns of the SBS polar bear stock. When sea ice melts during the
                summer, polar bears in the PBDE may either stay on land throughout the
                summer or move with the sea ice as it recedes northward (Durner et al.
                2009). The SBS stock, and to a lesser extent the Chukchi Sea stock, are
                increasingly utilizing marginal habitat (i.e., land and ice over less
                productive waters) (Ware et al. 2017). Polar bear use of Beaufort Sea
                coastal areas has increased during the fall open-water period (June
                through October). Specifically, the percentage of radio-collared adult
                females from the SBS stock utilizing terrestrial habitats has tripled
                over 15 years, and SBS polar bears arrive onshore earlier, stay longer,
                and leave to the sea ice later (Atwood et al. 2016b). This change in
                polar bear distribution and habitat use has been correlated with
                diminished sea ice and the increased distance of the pack ice from the
                coast during the open-water period (i.e., the less sea ice and the
                farther from shore the leading edge of the pack ice is, the more bears
                are observed onshore) (Schliebe et al. 2006; Atwood et al. 2016b).
                 The current trend for sea-ice in the SBS region will result in
                increased distances between the ice edge and land, likely resulting in
                more bears coming ashore during the open-water period (Schliebe et al.
                2008). More polar bears on land for a longer period of time may
                increase both the frequency and the magnitude of polar bear exposure to
                human activities, including an increase in human-bear interactions
                (Towns et al. 2009, Schliebe et al. 2008, Atwood et al. 2016b). Polar
                bears spending more time in terrestrial habitats also increases their
                risk of exposure to novel pathogens that are expanding north as a
                result of a warmer Arctic (Atwood et al. 2016b, 2017). Heightened
                immune system activity and more infections (indicated by elevated
                number of white blood cells) have been reported for the SBS polar bears
                that summer on land when compared to those on sea ice (Atwood et al.
                2017; Whiteman et al. 2019). The elevation in immune system activity
                represents additional energetic costs that could ultimately impact
                stock and individual fitness (Atwood et al. 2017; Whiteman et al.
                2019). Prevalence of parasites such as the nematode Trichinella nativa
                in many Arctic species, including polar bears, pre-dates the recent
                global warming. However, parasite prevalence could increase as a result
                of changes in diet (e.g., increased reliance on conspecific scavenging)
                and feeding habits (e.g., increased consumption of seal muscle)
                associated with climate-induced reduction of hunting opportunities for
                polar bears (Penk et al. 2020, Wilson et al. 2017).
                 The continued decline in sea-ice is also projected to reduce
                connectivity among polar bear stocks and potentially lead to the
                impoverishment of genetic diversity that is key to maintaining viable,
                resilient wildlife populations (Derocher et al. 2004, Cherry et al.
                2013, Kutchera et al. 2016). The circumpolar polar bear population has
                been divided into six genetic clusters: The Western Polar Basin (which
                includes the SBS
                [[Page 43006]]
                and CS stocks), the Eastern Polar Basin, the Western and Eastern
                Canadian Archipelago, and Norwegian Bay (Malenfant et al. 2016). There
                is moderate genetic structure among these clusters, suggesting polar
                bears broadly remain in the same cluster when breeding. While there is
                currently no evidence for strong directional gene flow among the
                clusters (Malenfant et al. 2016), migrants are not uncommon and can
                contribute to gene flow across clusters (Kutschera et al. 2016).
                Changing sea-ice conditions will make these cross-cluster migrations
                (and the resulting gene flow) more difficult in the future (Kutschera
                et al. 2016).
                 Additionally, habitat loss from decreased sea-ice extent may impact
                polar bear reproductive success by reducing or altering suitable
                denning habitat and extending the polar bear fasting season (Rode et
                al. 2018, Stirling and Derocher 2012, Moln[aacute]r et al. 2020). In
                the early 1990s, approximately 50 percent of the annual maternal dens
                of the SBS polar bear stock occurred on land (Amstrup and Gardner
                1994). Along the Alaskan region the proportion of terrestrial dens
                increased from 34.4 percent in 1985-1995 to 55.2 percent in 2007-2013
                (Olson et al. 2017). Polar bears require a stable substrate for
                denning. As sea-ice conditions deteriorate and become less stable, sea-
                ice dens can become vulnerable to erosion from storm surges (Fischbach
                et al. 2007). Under favorable autumn snowfall conditions, SBS females
                denning on land had higher reproductive success than SBS females
                denning on sea-ice. Factors that may influence the higher reproductive
                success of females with land-based dens include longer denning periods
                that allow cubs more time to develop, higher snowfall conditions that
                strengthen den integrity throughout the denning period (Rode et al.
                2018), and increased foraging opportunities on land (e.g., scavenging
                on Bowhead whale carcasses) (Atwood et al. 2016b). While SBS polar bear
                females denning on land may experience increased reproductive success,
                at least under favorable snowfall conditions, it is possible that
                competition for suitable denning habitat on land may increase due to
                sea-ice decline (Fischbach et al. 2007) and land-based dens may be more
                vulnerable to disturbance from human activities (Linnell et al. 2000).
                 Polar bear reproductive success may also be impacted by declines in
                sea ice through an extended fasting season (Moln[aacute]r et al. 2020).
                By 2100, recruitment is predicted to become jeopardized in nearly all
                polar bear stocks if greenhouse gas emissions remain uncurbed (RCP8.5
                [Representative Concentration Pathway 8.5] scenario) as fasting
                thresholds are increasingly exceeded due to declines in sea-ice across
                the Arctic circumpolar range (Moln[aacute]r et al. 2020). As the
                fasting season increases, most of these 12 stocks, including in the
                SBS, are expected to first experience significant adverse effects on
                cub recruitment followed by effects on adult male survival and lastly
                on adult female survival (Moln[aacute]r et al. 2020). Without
                mitigation of greenhouse gas emissions and assuming optimistic polar
                bear responses (e.g., reduced movement to conserve energy), cub
                recruitment in the SBS stock has possibly been already adversely
                impacted since the late 1980s, while detrimental impacts on male and
                female survival are forecasted to possibly occur in the late 2030s and
                2040s, respectively.
                 Extended fasting seasons are associated with poor body condition
                (Stirling and Derocher 2012), and a female's body condition at den
                entry is a critical factor that determines whether the female will
                produce cubs and the cubs' chance of survival during their first year
                (Rode et al. 2018). Additionally, extended fasting seasons will cause
                polar bears to depend more heavily on their lipid reserves for energy,
                which can release lipid-soluble contaminants, such as persistent
                organic pollutants and mercury, into the bloodstream and organ tissues.
                The increased levels of contaminants in the blood and tissues can
                affect polar bear health and body condition, which has implications for
                reproductive success and survival (Jenssen et al. 2015).
                 Changes in sea-ice can impact polar bears by altering trophic
                interactions. Differences in sea-ice dynamics, such as the timing of
                ice formation and breakup, as well as changes in sea-ice type and
                concentration, may impact the distribution of polar bears and/or their
                prey's occurrence and reduce polar bears' access to prey. A climate-
                induced reduction in overlap between female polar bears and ringed
                seals was detected after a sudden sea-ice decline in Norway that
                limited the ability of females to hunt on sea-ice (Hamilton et al.
                2017). While polar bears are opportunistic and hunt other species,
                their reliance on ringed seals is prevalent across their range
                (Thiemann et al. 2007, 2008; Florko et al. 2020; Rode et al. 2021).
                Male and female polar bears exhibit differences in prey consumption.
                Females typically consume more ringed seals compared to males, which is
                likely related to more limited hunting opportunities for females (e.g.,
                prey size constraints) (McKinney et al. 2017, Bourque et al. 2020).
                Female body condition has been positively correlated with consumption
                of ringed seals, but negatively correlated with the consumption of
                bearded seals (Florko et al. 2020). Consequently, females are more
                prone to decreased foraging and reproductive success than males during
                years in which unfavorable sea-ice conditions limit polar bears' access
                to ringed seals (Florko et al. 2020).
                 In the SBS stock, adult female and juvenile polar bear consumption
                of ringed seals was negatively correlated with winter Arctic
                oscillation, which affects sea-ice conditions. This trend was not
                observed for male polar bears. Instead, male polar bears consumed more
                bowhead whale as a result of scavenging the carcasses of subsistence-
                harvested bowhead whales during years with a longer ice-free period
                over the continental shelf. It is possible that these alterations in
                sea-ice conditions may limit female polar bears' access to ringed
                seals, and male polar bears may rely more heavily on alternative
                onshore food resources in the southern Beaufort Sea region (McKinney et
                al. 2017). Changes in the availability and distribution of seals may
                influence polar bear foraging efficiency. Reduction in sea ice is
                expected to render polar bear foraging energetically more demanding, as
                moving through fragmented sea ice and open-water swimming require more
                energy than walking across consolidated sea ice (Cherry et al. 2009,
                Pagano et al. 2012, Rode et al. 2014, Durner et al. 2017). Inefficient
                foraging can contribute to nutritional stress and poor body condition,
                which can have implications for reproductive success and survival
                (Regehr et al. 2010).
                 The decline in Arctic sea ice is associated with the SBS polar bear
                stock spending more time in terrestrial habitats (Schliebe et al.
                2008). Recent changes in female denning habitat and extended fasting
                seasons as a result of sea-ice decline may affect the reproductive
                success of the SBS polar bear stock (Rode et al. 2018; Stirling and
                Derocher 2012; Moln[aacute]r et al. 2020). Other relevant factors that
                could negatively affect the SBS polar bear stock include changes in
                prey availability, reduced genetic diversity through limited population
                connectivity and/or hybridization with other bear species, increased
                exposure to disease and parasite prevalence and/or dissemination,
                impacts of human activities (oil and gas exploration/extraction,
                shipping, harvesting, etc.) and pollution (Post et al. 2013; Hamilton
                and Derocher 2019). Based on the projections of sea-ice decline in the
                [[Page 43007]]
                Beaufort Sea region and demonstrated impacts on SBS polar bear
                utilization of sea-ice and terrestrial habitats, the Service
                anticipates that polar bear use of the Beaufort Sea coast will continue
                to increase during the open-water season.
                 For walruses, climate change may affect habitat and prey
                availability. The loss of Arctic sea ice has affected walrus
                distribution and habitat use in the Bering and Chukchi Seas (Jay et al.
                2012). Walruses use sea ice as a breeding site, a location to birth and
                nurse young, and a protective cover from storms and predation; however,
                if the sea ice retreats north of the continental shelf break in the
                Chukchi Sea, walruses can no longer use it for these purposes. Thus,
                loss of sea ice is associated with increased use of coastal haul-outs
                during the summer, fall, and early winter (Jay et al. 2012). Coastal
                haulouts are potentially dangerous for walruses, as they can stampede
                toward the water when disturbed, resulting in injuries and mortalities
                (Garlich-Miller et al. 2011). Use of land haulouts is also more
                energetically costly, with walruses hauled out on land spending more
                time in water but not foraging than those hauled out on sea ice. This
                difference has been attributed to an increase in travel time in the
                water from land haulouts to foraging areas (Jay et al. 2017). Higher
                walrus abundance at these coastal haulouts may also increase exposure
                to environmentally and density-dependent pathogens (Post et al. 2013).
                Climate change impacts through habitat loss and changes in prey
                availability could affect walrus population stability. It is unknown if
                walruses will utilize the Beaufort Sea more heavily in the future due
                to climate change effects; however, considering the low number of
                walruses observed in the Beaufort Sea (see Take Estimates for Pacific
                Walruses and Polar Bears), it appears that walruses will remain
                uncommon in the Beaufort Sea for the next 5 years.
                Potential Effects of the Specified Activities on Subsistence Uses
                Polar Bear
                 Based on subsistence harvest reports, polar bear hunting is less
                prevalent in communities on the north coast of Alaska than it is in
                west coast communities. There are no quotas under the MMPA for Alaska
                Native polar bear harvest in the Southern Beaufort Sea; however, there
                is a Native-to-Native agreement between the Inuvialuit in Canada and
                the Inupiat in Alaska. This agreement, the Inuvialuit-Inupiat Polar
                Bear Management Agreement, established quotas and recommendations
                concerning protection of denning females, family groups, and methods of
                take. Although this Agreement is voluntary in the United States and
                does not have the force of law, legally enforceable quotas are
                administered in Canada. In Canada, users are subject to provincial
                regulations consistent with the Agreement. Commissioners for the
                Agreement set the original quota at 76 bears in 1988, split evenly
                between the Inuvialuit in Canada and the Inupiat in the United States.
                In July 2010, the quota was reduced to 70 bears per year. Subsequently,
                in Canada, the boundary of the SBS stock with the neighboring Northern
                Beaufort Sea stock was adjusted through polar bear management bylaws in
                the Inuvialuit Settlement Region in 2013, affecting Canadian quotas and
                harvest levels from the SBS stock. The current subsistence harvest
                established under the Agreement of 56 bears total (35 in the United
                States and 21 in Canada) reflect this change.
                 The Alaska Native subsistence harvest of polar bears from the SBS
                population has declined. From 1990 to 1999, an average of 42 bears were
                taken annually. The average subsistence harvest decreased to 21 bears
                annually in the period 2000-2010 and 11 bears annually during 2015-
                2020. The reason for the decline of harvested polar bears from the SBS
                population is unknown. Alaska Native subsistence hunters and harvest
                reports have not indicated a lack of opportunity to hunt polar bears or
                disruption by Industry activity.
                Pacific Walrus
                 Few walruses are harvested in the Beaufort Sea along the northern
                coast of Alaska since their primary range is in the Bering and Chukchi
                Seas. Walruses constitute a small portion of the total marine mammal
                harvest for the village of Utqiagvik. Hunters from Utqiagvik have
                harvested 407 walruses since the year 2000 with 65 harvested since
                2015. Walrus harvest from Nuiqsut and Kaktovik is opportunistic. They
                have reported taking four walruses since 1993. None of the walrus
                harvests for Utqiagvik, Nuiqsut, or Kaktovik from 2014 to 2020 occurred
                within the Beaufort Sea ITR region.
                Evaluation of Effects of the Specified Activities on Subsistence Uses
                 There are three primary Alaska Native communities on the Beaufort
                Sea whose residents rely on Pacific walruses and polar bears for
                subsistence use: Utqiagvik, Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik. Utqiagvik and
                Kaktovik are expected to be less affected by the Industry's proposed
                activities than Nuiqsut. Nuiqsut is located within 5 mi of
                ConocoPhillips' Alpine production field to the north and
                ConocoPhillips' Alpine Satellite development field to the west.
                However, Nuiqsut hunters typically harvest polar bears from Cross
                Island during the annual fall bowhead whaling. Cross Island is
                approximately 16 km (~10 mi) offshore from the coast of Prudhoe Bay. We
                have received no evidence or reports that bears are altering their
                habitat use patterns, avoiding certain areas, or being affected in
                other ways by the existing level of oil and gas activity near
                communities or traditional hunting areas that would diminish their
                availability for subsistence use. However, as is discussed in
                Evaluation of Effects of Specified Activities on Pacific Walruses,
                Polar Bears, and Prey Species below, the Service has found some
                evidence of fewer maternal polar bear dens near industrial
                infrastructure than expected.
                 Changes in Industry activity locations may trigger community
                concerns regarding the effect on subsistence uses. Industry must remain
                proactive to address potential impacts on the subsistence uses by
                affected communities through consultations and, where warranted, POCs.
                Evidence of communication with the public about activities will be
                required as part of an LOA. Current methods of communication are
                variable and include venues such as public forums, which allow
                communities to express feedback prior to the initiation of operations,
                the employ of subsistence liaisons, and presentations to regional
                commissions. If community subsistence use concerns arise from new
                activities, appropriate mitigation measures, such as cessation of
                activities in key locations during hunting seasons, are available and
                will be applied as a part of the POC.
                 No unmitigable concerns from the potentially affected communities
                regarding the availability of walruses or polar bears for subsistence
                uses have been identified through Industry consultations with the
                potentially affected communities of Utqiagvik, Kaktovik, or Nuiqsut.
                During the 2016-2021 ITR period, Industry groups have communicated with
                Native communities and subsistence hunters through subsistence
                representatives, community liaisons, and village outreach teams as well
                as participation in community and commission meetings. Based on
                information gathered from these sources, it appears that subsistence
                hunting opportunities for walruses and polar bears have not been
                affected by past Industry activities conducted pursuant to the 2016-
                2021
                [[Page 43008]]
                Beaufort ITR and are not likely to be affected by the activities
                described in this ITR. Given the similarity between the nature and
                extent of Industry activities covered by the prior Beaufort Sea ITR and
                those specified in AOGA's pending Request, and the continued
                requirement for Industry to consult and coordinate with Alaska Native
                communities and representative subsistence hunting and co-management
                organizations (and develop a POC if necessary), we do not anticipate
                that the activities specified in AOGA's pending Request will have any
                unmitigable effects on the availability of Pacific walruses or polar
                bears for subsistence uses.
                Potential Effects of the Specified Activities on Pacific Walruses,
                Polar Bears, and Prey Species
                 Industry activities can affect individual walruses and polar bears
                in numerous ways. Below, we provide a summary of the documented and
                potential effects of oil and gas industrial activities on both polar
                bears and walruses. The effects analyzed included harassment, lethal
                take, and exposure to oil spills.
                Polar Bear: Human-Polar Bear Encounters
                 Oil and gas industry activities may affect individual polar bears
                in numerous ways during the open-water and ice-covered seasons. Polar
                bears are typically distributed in offshore areas associated with
                multiyear pack ice from mid-November to mid-July. From mid-July to mid-
                November, polar bears can be found in large numbers and high densities
                on barrier islands, along the coastline, and in the nearshore waters of
                the Beaufort Sea, particularly on and around Barter and Cross Islands.
                This distribution leads to a significantly higher number of human-polar
                bear encounters on land and at offshore structures during the open-
                water period than other times of the year. Bears that remain on the
                multiyear pack ice are not typically present in the ice-free areas
                where vessel traffic occurs, as barges and vessels associated with
                Industry activities travel in open water and avoid large ice floes.
                 On land, the majority of Industry's bear observations occur within
                2 km (1.2 mi) of the coastline. Industry facilities within the offshore
                and coastal areas are more likely to be approached by polar bears and
                may act as physical barriers to movements of polar bears. As bears
                encounter these facilities, the chances for human-bear interactions
                increase. The Endicott and West Dock causeways, as well as the
                facilities supporting them, have the potential to act as barriers to
                movements of polar bears because they extend continuously from the
                coastline to the offshore facility. However, polar bears have
                frequently been observed crossing existing roads and causeways.
                Offshore production facilities, such as Northstar, Spy Island, and
                Oooguruk, have frequently been approached by polar bears but appear to
                present only an inconsequential small-scale, local obstruction to the
                bears' movement. Of greater concern is the increased potential for
                human-polar bear interaction at these facilities. Encounters are more
                likely to occur during the fall at facilities on or near the coast.
                Polar bear interaction plans, training, and monitoring required by past
                ITRs have proven effective at reducing human-polar bear encounters and
                the risks to bears and humans when encounters occur. Polar bear
                interaction plans detail the policies and procedures that Industry
                facilities and personnel will implement to avoid attracting and
                interacting with polar bears as well as minimizing impacts to the
                bears. Interaction plans also detail how to respond to the presence of
                polar bears, the chain of command and communication, and required
                training for personnel. Industry uses technology to aid in detecting
                polar bears including bear monitors, closed-circuit television, video
                cameras, thermal cameras, radar devices, and motion-detection systems.
                In addition, some companies take steps to actively prevent bears from
                accessing facilities by using safety gates and fences.
                 The noises, sights, and smells produced by the proposed project
                activities could disturb and elicit variable responses from polar
                bears. Noise disturbance can originate from either stationary or mobile
                sources. Stationary sources include construction, maintenance, repair
                and remediation activities, operations at production facilities, gas
                flaring, and drilling operations. Mobile sources include aircraft
                traffic, geotechnical surveys, ice road construction, vehicle traffic,
                tracked vehicles, and snowmobiles.
                 The potential behavioral reaction of polar bears to the proposed
                activities can vary by activity type. Camp odors may attract polar
                bears, potentially resulting in human-bear encounters, intentional
                hazing, or possible lethal take in defense of human life (see 50 CFR
                18.34 for further guidance on passive polar bear deterrence measures).
                Noise generated on the ground by industrial activity may cause a
                behavioral (e.g., escape response) or physiologic (e.g., increased
                heart rate, hormonal response) (Harms et al. 1997; Tempel and Gutierrez
                2003) response. The available studies of polar bear behavior indicate
                that the intensity of polar bear reaction to noise disturbance may be
                based on previous interactions, sex, age, and maternal status (Anderson
                and Aars 2008; Dyck and Baydack 2004).
                Polar Bear: Effects of Aircraft Overflights
                 Bears on the surface experience increased noise and visual stimuli
                when planes or helicopters fly above them, both of which may elicit a
                biologically significant behavioral response. Sound frequencies
                produced by aircraft will likely fall within the hearing range of polar
                bears (see Nachtigall et al. 2007) and will thus be audible to animals
                during flyovers or when operating in proximity to polar bears. Polar
                bears likely have acute hearing with previous sensitivities
                demonstrated between 1.4-22.5 kHz (tests were limited to 22.5 kHz;
                Nachtigall et al. 2007). This range, which is wider than that seen in
                humans, supports the idea that polar bears may experience temporary
                (called temporary threshold shift, or TTS) or permanent (called
                permanent threshold shift, or PTS) hearing impairment if they are
                exposed to high-energy sound. While species-specific TTS and PTS
                thresholds have not been established for polar bears, thresholds have
                been established for the general group ``other marine carnivores''
                which includes both polar bears and walruses (Southall et al. 2019).
                Through a series of systematic modeling procedures and extrapolations,
                Southall et al. (2019) have generated modified noise exposure
                thresholds for both in-air and underwater sound (Table 1).
                [[Page 43009]]
                 Table 1--Temporary Threshold Shift (TTS) and Permanent Threshold Shift (PTS) Thresholds Established by Southall et al. (2019) Through Modeling and
                 Extrapolation for ``Other Marine Carnivores,'' Which Includes Both Polar Bears and Walruses
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 TTS PTS
                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Non-impulsive Impulsive Non-impulsive Impulsive
                 -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 SELCUM SELCUM Peak SPL SELCUM SELCUM Peak SPL
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Air..................................................... 157 146 161 177 161 167
                Water................................................... 199 188 226 219 203 232
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Values are weighted for other marine carnivores' hearing thresholds and given in cumulative sound exposure level (SELCUM dB re (20[mu]Pa)2s in air and
                 SELCUM dB re (1 [mu]Pa)\2\s in water) for impulsive and non-impulsive sounds, and unweighted peak sound pressure level in air (dB re 20[mu]Pa) and
                 water (dB 1[mu]Pa) (impulsive sounds only).
                 During an FAA test, test aircraft produced sound at all frequencies
                measured (50 Hz to 10 kHz) (Healy 1974; Newman 1979). At frequencies
                centered at 5 kHz, jets flying at 300 m (984 ft) produced \1/3\ octave
                band noise levels of 84 to 124 dB, propeller-driven aircraft produced
                75 to 90 dB, and helicopters produced 60 to 70 dB (Richardson et al.
                1995). Thus, the frequency and level of airborne sounds typically
                produced by Industry is unlikely to cause temporary or permanent
                hearing damage unless marine mammals are very close to the sound
                source. Although temporary or permanent hearing damage is not
                anticipated, impacts from aircraft overflights have the potential to
                elicit biologically significant behavioral responses from polar bears.
                Observations of polar bears during fall coastal surveys, which flew at
                much lower altitudes than typical Industry flights (see Estimating Take
                Rates of Aircraft Activities), indicate that the reactions of non-
                denning polar bears is typically varied but limited to short-term
                changes in behavior ranging from no reaction to running away. Bears
                associated with dens have been shown to increase vigilance, initiate
                rapid movement, and even abandon dens when exposed to low-flying
                aircraft (see Effects to Denning Bears for further discussion).
                Aircraft activities can impact bears over all seasons; however, during
                the summer and fall seasons, aircraft have the potential to disturb
                both individuals and congregations of polar bears. These onshore bears
                spend most of their time resting and limiting their movements on land.
                Exposure to aircraft traffic is expected to result in changes in
                behavior, such as going from resting to walking or running and,
                therefore, has the potential to be energetically costly. Mitigation
                measures, such as minimum flight elevations over polar bears and
                habitat areas of concern as well as flight restrictions around known
                polar bear aggregations when safe, are included in this ITR to achieve
                least practicable adverse impact to polar bears by aircraft.
                Polar Bear: Effects of In-Water Activities
                 In-water sources of sound, such as pile driving, screeding,
                dredging, or vessel movement, may disturb polar bears. In the open-
                water season, Industry activities are generally limited to relatively
                ice-free, open water. During this time in the Beaufort Sea, polar bears
                are typically found either on land or on the pack ice, which limits the
                chances of the interaction of polar bears with offshore Industry
                activities. Though polar bears have been observed in open water miles
                from the ice edge or ice floes, the encounters are relatively rare
                (although the frequency of such observations may increase due to sea
                ice change). However, if bears come in contact with Industry operations
                in open water, the effects of such encounters likely include no more
                than short-term behavioral disturbance.
                 While polar bears swim in and hunt from open water, they spend less
                time in the water than most marine mammals. Stirling (1974) reported
                that polar bears observed near Devon Island during late July and early
                August spent 4.1 percent of their time swimming and an additional 0.7
                percent engaged in aquatic stalking of prey. More recently, application
                of tags equipped with time-depth recorders indicate that aquatic
                activity of polar bears is greater than was previously thought. In a
                study published by Lone et al. (2018), 75 percent of polar bears swam
                daily during open-water months, with animals spending 9.4 percent of
                their time in July in the water. Both coastal- and pack-ice-dwelling
                animals were tagged, and there were no significant differences in the
                time spent in the water by animals in the two different habitat types.
                While polar bears typically swim with their ears above water, Lone et
                al. (2018) found polar bears in this study that were fitted with depth
                recorders (n=6) spent approximately 24 percent of their time in the
                water with their head underwater. Thus, for the individuals followed as
                a part of the study, an average of 2.2 percent of the day, or 31
                minutes, were spent with their heads underwater.
                 The pile driving, screeding, dredging, and other in-water
                activities proposed by Industry introduce substantial levels of noise
                into the marine environment. Underwater sound levels from construction
                along the North Slope have been shown to range from 103 decibels (dB)
                at 100 m (328 ft) for auguring to 143 dB at 100 m (328 ft) for pile
                driving (Greene et al. 2008) with most of the energy below 100 Hz.
                Airborne sound levels from these activities range from 65 dB at 100 m
                (328 ft) for a bulldozer and 81 dB at 100 m (328 ft) for pile driving,
                with most of the energy for in-air levels also below 100 Hz (Greene et
                al. 2008). Therefore, in-water activities are not anticipated to result
                in temporary or permanent damage to polar bear hearing.
                 In 2012, during the open-water season, Shell vessels encountered a
                few polar bears swimming in ice-free water more than 70 mi (112.6 km)
                offshore in the Chukchi Sea. In those instances, the bears were
                observed to either swim away from or approach the Shell vessels.
                Sometimes a polar bear would swim around a stationary vessel before
                leaving. In at least one instance a polar bear approached, touched, and
                investigated a stationary vessel from the water before swimming away.
                 Polar bears are more likely to be affected by on-ice or in-ice
                Industry activities versus open-water activities. From 2009 through
                2014, there were a few Industry observation reports of polar bears
                during on-ice activities. Those observations were primarily of bears
                moving through an area during winter seismic surveys on near-shore ice.
                The disturbance to bears moving across the surface is frequently
                minimal, short-term, and temporary due to the mobility of such projects
                and limited to
                [[Page 43010]]
                small-scale alterations to bear movements.
                Polar Bear: Effects to Denning Bears
                 Known polar bear dens in the Beaufort Sea ITR region, whether
                discovered opportunistically or as a result of planned surveys such as
                tracking marked bears or den detection surveys, are monitored by the
                Service. However, these known denning sites are only a small percentage
                of the total active polar bear dens for the SBS stock in any given
                year. Each year, Industry coordinates with the Service to conduct
                surveys to determine the location of Industry's activities relative to
                known dens and denning habitat. Under past ITRs Industry activities
                have been required to avoid known polar bear dens by 1.6 km (1 mi).
                However, occasionally an unknown den may be encountered during Industry
                activities. When a previously unknown den is discovered in proximity to
                Industry activity, the Service implements mitigation measures such as
                the 1.6-km (1-mi) activity exclusion zone around the den and 24-hour
                monitoring of the site.
                 The responses of denning bears to disturbance and the consequences
                of these responses can vary throughout the denning process.
                Consequently, we divide the denning period into four stages when
                considering impacts of disturbance: Den establishment, early denning,
                late denning, and post-emergence.
                Den Establishment
                 The den establishment period begins in autumn near the time of
                implantation when pregnant females begin scouting for, excavating, and
                occupying a den. The timing of den establishment is likely governed by
                a variety of environmental factors, including snowfall events
                (Zedrosser et al. 2006; Evans et al. 2016; Pigeon et al. 2016),
                accumulation of snowpack (Amstrup and Gardner 1994; Durner et al. 2003,
                2006), temperature (Rode et al. 2018), and timing of sea ice freeze-up
                (Webster et al. 2014). Spatial and temporal variation in these factors
                may explain variability in the timing of den establishment, which
                occurs between October and December in the SBS stock (Durner et al.
                2001; Amstrup 2003). Rode et al. (2018) estimated November 15 as the
                mean date of den entry for bears in the SBS stock.
                 The den establishment period ends with the birth of cubs in early
                to mid-winter (Ramsay and Stirling 1988) after a gestation period that
                is likely similar to the ~60-day period documented for brown bears
                (Tsubota et al. 1987). Curry et al. (2015) found the mean and median
                birth dates for captive polar bears in the Northern Hemisphere were
                both November 29. Similarly, Messier et al. (1994) estimated that most
                births had occurred by December 15 in the Canadian Arctic Archipelago
                based on activity levels recorded by sensors on females in maternity
                dens.
                 Much of what is known of the effects of disturbance during the den
                establishment period comes from studies of polar bears captured by
                researchers in autumn. Although capture is a severe form of disturbance
                atypical of events likely to occur during oil and gas activities,
                responses to capture can inform our understanding of how polar bears
                respond to substantial levels of disturbance. Ramsay and Stirling
                (1986) reported that 10 of 13 pregnant females that were captured and
                collared at dens in October or November abandoned their existing dens.
                Within 1-2 days after their release, these bears moved a median
                distance of 24.5 km and excavated new maternal dens. The remaining
                three polar bears reentered their initial dens or different dens =60
                days old and ends at den emergence in the spring, which coincides with
                increases in prey availability (Rode et al. 2018b). In the SBS, March
                15th is the median estimated emergence date for land-denning bears
                (Rode et al. 2018b). During late denning, cubs develop the ability to
                travel more efficiently and become less susceptible to heat loss, which
                enhances their ability to survive after leaving the den (Rode et al.
                2018b). For example, date of den emergence was identified as the most
                important variable influencing cub survival in a study of marked polar
                bears in the CS and SBS stocks (Rode et al. 2018b). The authors
                reported that all females that denned through the end of March had >=
                one cub when re-sighted Fleeing (running or swimming away from a human or a human
                activity);
                 Displaying a stress-related behavior such as jaw or lip-
                popping, front leg stomping, vocalizations, circling, intense staring,
                or salivating;
                 Abandoning or avoiding preferred movement corridors such
                as ice floes, leads, polynyas, a segment of coastline, or barrier
                islands;
                 Using a longer or more difficult route of travel instead
                of the intended path;
                 Interrupting breeding, sheltering, or feeding;
                 Moving away at a fast pace (adult) and cubs struggling to
                keep up;
                 Ceasing to nurse or rest (cubs);
                 Ceasing to rest repeatedly or for a prolonged period
                (adults);
                 Loss of hunting opportunity due to disturbance of prey; or
                 Any interruption in normal denning behavior that does not
                cause injury, den abandonment, or early departure of the family group
                from the den site.
                 This list is not meant to encompass all possible behaviors; other
                behavioral responses may equate to take by Level B harassment.
                Relatively minor changes in behavior such as increased vigilance or a
                short-term change in direction of
                [[Page 43014]]
                travel are not likely to disrupt biologically important behavioral
                patterns, and the Service does not view such minor changes in behavior
                as resulting in a take by Level B harassment. It is also important to
                note that depending on the duration, frequency, or severity of the
                above-described behaviors, such responses could constitute take by
                Level A harassment (e.g., repeatedly disrupting a polar bear versus a
                single interruption).
                Evaluation of Take
                 The general approach for quantifying take in this ITR was as
                follows: (1) Determine the number of animals in the project area; (2)
                assess the likelihood, nature, and degree of exposure of these animals
                to project-relative activities; (3) evaluate these animals' probable
                responses; and (4) calculate how many of these responses constitute
                take. Our evaluation of take included quantifying the probability of
                either lethal take or Level A harassment (potential injury) and
                quantifying the number of responses that met the criteria for Level B
                harassment (potential disruption of a biologically significant
                behavioral pattern), factoring in the degree to which effective
                mitigation measures that may be applied will reduce the amount or
                consequences of take. To better account for differences in how various
                aspects of the project could impact polar bears, we performed separate
                take estimates for Surface-Level Impacts, Aircraft Activities, Impacts
                to Denning Bears, and Maritime Activities. These analyses are described
                in more detail in the subsections below. Once each of these categories
                of take were quantified, the next steps were to: (5) Determine whether
                the total take will be of a small number relative to the size of the
                species or stock; and (6) determine whether the total take will have a
                negligible impact on the species or stock, both of which are
                determinations required under the MMPA.
                Pacific Walrus: All Interactions
                 With the low occurrence of walruses in the Beaufort Sea and the
                adoption of the mitigation measures required by this ITR, the Service
                concludes that the only anticipated effects from Industry noise in the
                Beaufort Sea would be short-term behavioral alterations of small
                numbers of walruses. All walrus encounters within the ITR geographic
                area in the past 10 years have been of solitary walruses or groups of
                two. The closest sighting of a grouping larger than two was outside the
                ITR area in 2013. The vessel encountered a group of 15 walrus. Thus,
                while it is highly unlikely that a group of walrus will be encountered
                during the proposed activities, we estimate that no more than one group
                of 15 Pacific walruses will be taken as a result of Level B harassment
                each year during the ITR period.
                Polar Bear: Surface Interactions
                Encounter Rate
                 The most comprehensive dataset of human-polar bear encounters along
                the coast of Alaska consists of records of Industry encounters during
                activities on the North Slope submitted to the Service under existing
                and previous ITRs. This database is referred to as the ``LOA database''
                because it aggregates data reported by the oil and gas industry to the
                Service pursuant to the terms and conditions of LOAs issued under
                current and previous incidental take regulations (50 CFR part 18,
                subpart J). We have used records in the LOA database in the period
                2014-2018, in conjunction with bear density projections for the entire
                coastline, to generate quantitative encounter rates in the project
                area. This 5-year period was used to provide metrics that reflected the
                most recent patterns of polar bear habitat use within the Beaufort Sea
                ITR region. Each encounter record includes the date and time of the
                encounter, a general description of the encounter, number of bears
                encountered, latitude and longitude, weather variables, and a take
                determination made by the Service. If latitude and longitude were not
                supplied in the initial report, we georeferenced the encounter using
                the location description and a map of North Slope infrastructure.
                Spatially Partitioning the North Slope Into ``Coastal'' and ``Inland''
                Zones
                 The vast majority of SBS polar bear encounters along the Alaskan
                coast occur along the shore or immediately offshore (Atwood et al.
                2015, Wilson et al. 2017). Thus, encounter rates for inland operations
                should be significantly lower than those for offshore or coastal
                operations. To partition the North Slope into ``coastal'' and
                ``inland'' zones, we calculated the distance to shore for all encounter
                records in the period 2014-2018 in the Service's LOA database using a
                shapefile of the coastline and the dist2Line function found in the R
                geosphere package (Hijmans 2019). Linked sightings of the same bear(s)
                were removed from the analysis, and individual records were created for
                each bear encountered. However, because we were able to identify and
                remove only repeated sightings that were designated as linked within
                the database, it is likely that some repeated encounters of the same
                bear remained in our analysis. From 2014 through 2018, of the 1,713
                bears encountered, 1,140 (66.5 percent) were offshore. While these
                bears were encountered offshore, the encounters were reported by
                onshore or island operations (i.e., docks, drilling and production
                islands, or causeways). We examined the distribution of bears that were
                onshore and up to 10 km (6.2 mi) inland to determine the distance at
                which encounters sharply decreased (Figure 2).
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
                [[Page 43015]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.001
                 The histogram illustrates a steep decline in human-polar bear
                encounters at 2 km (1.2 mi) from shore. Using this data, we divided the
                North Slope into the ``coastal zone,'' which includes offshore
                operations and up to 2 km (1.2 mi) inland, and the ``inland zone,''
                which includes operations more than 2 km (1.2 mi) inland.
                Dividing the Year Into Seasons
                 As we described in our review of polar bear biology above, the
                majority of polar bears spend the winter months on the sea ice, leading
                to few polar bear encounters on the shore during this season. Many of
                the proposed activities are also seasonal, and only occur either in the
                winter or summer months. In order to develop an accurate estimate of
                the number of polar bear encounters that may result from the proposed
                activities, we divided the year into seasons of high bear activity and
                low bear activity using the Service's LOA database. Below is a
                histogram of all bear encounters from 2014 through 2018 by day of the
                year (Julian date). Two clear seasons of polar bear encounters can be
                seen: an ``open-water season'' that begins in mid-July and ends in mid-
                November, and an ``ice season'' that begins in mid-November and ends in
                mid-July. The 200th and 315th days of the year were used to delineate
                these seasons when calculating encounter rates (Figure 3).
                [[Page 43016]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.002
                North Slope Encounter Rates
                 Encounter rates in bears/season/km\2\ were calculated using a
                subset of the Industry encounter records maintained in the Service's
                LOA database. The following formula was used to calculate encounter
                rate (Equation 1):
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.003
                 The subset consisted of encounters in areas that were constantly
                occupied year-round to prevent artificially inflating the denominator
                of the equation and negatively biasing the encounter rate. To identify
                constantly occupied North Slope locations, we gathered data from a
                number of sources. We used past LOA requests to find descriptions of
                projects that occurred anywhere within 2014-2018 and the final LOA
                reports to determine the projects that proceeded as planned and those
                that were never completed. Finally, we relied upon the institutional
                knowledge of our staff, who have worked with operators and inspected
                facilities on the North Slope. To determine the area around industrial
                facilities in which a polar bear can be seen and reported, we queried
                the Service LOA database for records that included the distance to an
                encountered polar bear. It is important to note that these values may
                represent the closest distance a bear came to the observer or the
                distance at initial contact. Therefore, in some cases, the bear may
                have been initially encountered farther than the distance recorded. The
                histogram of these values shows a drop in the distance at which a polar
                bear is encountered at roughly 1.6 km (1 mi) (Figure 4).
                [[Page 43017]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.004
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-C
                 Using this information, we buffered the 24-hour occupancy locations
                listed above by 1.6 km (1 mi) and calculated an overall search area for
                both the coastal and inland zones. The coastal and inland occupancy
                buffer shapefiles were then used to select encounter records that were
                associated with 24-hour occupancy locations, resulting in the number of
                bears encountered per zone. These numbers were then separated into
                open-water and ice seasons (Table 2).
                 Table 2--Summary of Encounters of Polar Bears on the North Slope of
                 Alaska in the Period 2014-2018 Within 1.6 km (1 mi) of the 24-hour
                 Occupancy Locations and Subsequent Encounter Rates for Coastal (a) and
                 Inland (b) Zones
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Ice season Open-water season
                 Year encounters encounters
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 (A) Coastal Zone (Area = 133 km\2\)
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                2014.............................. 2 193
                2015.............................. 8 49
                2016.............................. 4 227
                2017.............................. 7 313
                2018.............................. 13 205
                Average........................... 6.8 197.4
                 -------------------------------------
                Seasonal Encounter Rate........... 0.05 bears/km\2\ 1.48 bears/km\2\
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 (B) Inland Zone (Area = 267 km\2\)
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                2014.............................. 3 3
                2015.............................. 0 0
                2016.............................. 0 2
                2017.............................. 3 0
                2018.............................. 0 2
                Average........................... 1.2 1.4
                 -------------------------------------
                Seasonal Encounter Rate........... 0.004 bears/km\2\ 0.005 bears/km\2\
                ------------------------------------------------------------------------
                [[Page 43018]]
                Harassment Rate
                 The Level B harassment rate or the probability that an encountered
                bear will experience either incidental or intentional Level B
                harassment, was calculated using the 2014-2018 dataset from the LOA
                database. A binary logistic regression of harassment regressed upon
                distance to shore was not significant (p = 0.65), supporting the use of
                a single harassment rate for both the coastal and inland zones.
                However, a binary logistic regression of harassment regressed upon day
                of the year was significant. This significance held when encounters
                were binned into either ice or open-water seasons (po)) for each individual
                structure (e.g., each road, pipeline, well pad, etc.) of their proposed
                activities for each month of the ITR period. Months were averaged to
                create open-water and ice-season occupancy rates. For example,
                occupancy rates for July 2022, August 2022, September 2022, October
                2022, and November 2022 were averaged to calculate the occupancy rate
                for a given structure during the open-water 2022 season. Using the
                buffer tool in ArcGIS, we created a spatial file of a 1.6-km (1-mi)
                buffer around all industrial structures. We binned the structures
                according to their seasonal occupancy rates by rounding them up into
                tenths (10 percent, 20 percent, etc.). We determined the impact area of
                each bin by first calculating the area within the buffers of 100
                percent occupancy locations. We then removed the spatial footprint of
                the 100 percent occupancy buffers from the dataset and calculated the
                area within the 90 percent occupancy buffers. This iterative process
                continued until we calculated the area within all buffers. The areas of
                impact were then clipped by coastal and inland zone shapefiles to
                determine the coastal areas of impact (ac) and inland areas
                of impact (ai) for each activity category. We then used
                spatial files of the coastal and inland zones to determine the area in
                coastal verse inland zones for each occupancy percentage. This process
                was repeated for each season from open-water 2021 to open-water 2026.
                 Impact areas were multiplied by the appropriate encounter rate to
                obtain the number of bears expected to be encountered in an area of
                interest per season (Bes). The equation below (Equation 3)
                provides an example of the calculation of bears encountered in the ice
                season for an area of interest in the coastal zone.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.007
                 To generate the number of estimated Level B harassments for each
                area of interest, we multiplied the number of bears in the area of
                interest per season by the proportion of the season the area is
                occupied, the rate of occupancy, and the harassment rate (Equation 4).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.008
                [[Page 43021]]
                 The estimated harassment values for the open-water 2021 and open-
                water 2026 seasons were adjusted to account for incomplete seasons as
                the regulations will be effective for only 85 and 15 percent of the
                open-water 2021 and 2026 seasons, respectively.
                Aircraft Impact to Surface Bears
                 Polar bears in the project area will likely be exposed to the
                visual and auditory stimulation associated with AOGA's fixed-wing and
                helicopter flight plans; however, these impacts are likely to be
                minimal and not long-lasting to surface bears. Flyovers may cause
                disruptions in the polar bear's normal behavioral patterns, thereby
                resulting in incidental Level B harassment. Sudden changes in
                direction, elevation, and movement may also increase the level of noise
                produced from the helicopter, especially at lower altitudes. This
                increased level of noise could disturb polar bears in the area to an
                extent that their behavioral patterns are disrupted and Level B
                harassment occurs. Mitigation measures, such as minimum flight
                altitudes over polar bears and restrictions on sudden changes to
                helicopter movements and direction, will be required to reduce the
                likelihood that polar bears are disturbed by aircraft. Once mitigated,
                such disturbances are expected to have no more than short-term,
                temporary, and minor impacts on individual bears.
                Estimating Harassment Rates of Aircraft Activities
                 To predict how polar bears will respond to fixed-wing and
                helicopter overflights during North Slope oil and gas activities, we
                first examined existing data on the behavioral responses of polar bears
                during aircraft surveys conducted by the Service and U.S. Geological
                Survey (USGS) between August and October during most years from 2000 to
                2014 (Wilson et al. 2017, Atwood et al. 2015, and Schliebe et al.
                2008). Behavioral responses due to sight and sound of the aircraft have
                both been incorporated into this analysis as there was no ability to
                differentiate between the two response sources during aircraft survey
                observations. Aircraft types used for surveys during the study included
                a fixed-wing Aero-Commander from 2000 to 2004, a R-44 helicopter from
                2012 to 2014, and an A-Star helicopter for a portion of the 2013
                surveys. During surveys, all aircraft flew at an altitude of
                approximately 90 m (295 ft) and at a speed of 150 to 205 km per hour
                (km/h) or 93 to 127 mi per hour (mi/h). Reactions indicating possible
                incidental Level B harassment were recorded when a polar bear was
                observed running from the aircraft or began to run or swim in response
                to the aircraft. Of 951 polar bears observed during coastal aerial
                surveys, 162 showed these reactions, indicating that the percentage of
                Level B harassments during these low-altitude coastal survey flights
                was as high as 17 percent.
                 Detailed data on the behavioral responses of polar bears to the
                aircraft and the distance from the aircraft each polar bear was
                observed were available for only the flights conducted between 2000 to
                2004 (n = 581 bears). The Aero-Commander 690 was used during this
                period. The horizontal detection distance from the flight line was
                recorded for all groups of bears detected. To determine if there was an
                effect of distance on the probability of a response indicative of
                potential Level B harassment, we modeled the binary behavioral response
                by groups of bears to the aircraft with Bayesian probit regression
                (Hooten and Hefley 2019). We restricted the data to those groups
                observed less than 10 km from the aircraft, which is the maximum
                distance at which behavioral responses were likely to be reliably
                recorded.
                 In nearly all cases when more than one bear was encountered, every
                member of the group exhibited the same response, so we treated the
                group as the sampling unit, yielding a sample size of 346 groups. Of
                those, 63 exhibited behavioral responses. Model parameters were
                estimated using 10,000 iterations of a Markov chain Monte Carlo
                algorithm composed of Gibbs updates implemented in R (R core team 2021,
                Hooten and Hefley 2019). Normal (0,1) priors, which are uninformative
                on the prior predictive scale (Hobbs and Hooten 2015), were placed on
                model parameters. Distance to bear as well as squared distance (to
                account for possible non-linear decay of probability with distance)
                were included as covariates. However, the 95 percent confidence
                intervals for the estimated coefficients overlapped zero suggesting no
                significant effect of distance on polar bears' behavioral responses.
                While it is likely that bears do respond differently to aircraft at
                different distances, the data available is heavily biased towards very
                short distances because the coastal surveys are designed to observe
                bears immediately along the coast. We were thus unable to detect any
                effect of distance. Therefore, to estimate a single rate of harassment,
                we fit an intercept-only model and used the distribution of the
                marginal posterior predictive probability to compute a point estimate.
                 Because the data from the coastal surveys were not systematically
                collected to study polar bear behavioral responses to aircraft, the
                data likely bias the probability of behavioral response low. We,
                therefore, chose the upper 99th percentile of the distribution as our
                point estimate of the probability of potential harassment. This equated
                to a harassment rate of 0.23. Because we were not able to detect an
                effect of distance, we could not correlate behavioral responses with
                profiles of sound pressure levels for the Aero-Commander (the aircraft
                used to collect the survey data). Therefore, we could also not use that
                relationship to extrapolate behavioral responses to sound profiles for
                takeoffs and landings nor sound profiles of other aircraft.
                Accordingly, we applied the single harassment rate to all portions of
                all aircraft flight paths.
                General Approach to Estimating Harassment for Aircraft Activities
                 Aircraft information was determined using details provided in
                AOGA's Request, including flight paths, flight take-offs and landings,
                altitudes, and aircraft type. More information on the altitudes of
                future flights can be found in the Request. If no location or frequency
                information was provided, flight paths were approximated based on the
                information provided. Of the flight paths that were described clearly
                or were addressed through assumptions, we marked the approximate flight
                path start and stop points using ArcGIS Pro (version 2.4.3), and the
                paths were drawn. For flights traveling between two airstrips, the
                paths were reviewed and duplicated as closely as possible to the flight
                logs obtained from www.FlightAware.com (FlightAware), a website that
                maintains flight logs in the public domain. For flight paths where
                airstrip information was not available, a direct route was assumed.
                Activities such as pipeline inspections followed a route along the
                pipeline with the assumption the flight returned along the same route
                unless a more direct path was available.
                 Flight paths were broken up into segments for landing, take-off,
                and traveling to account for the length of time the aircraft may be
                impacting an area based on flight speed. The distance considered the
                ``landing'' area is based on approximately 4.83 km (3 mi) per 305 m
                (1,000 ft) of altitude descent speed. For all flight paths at or
                exceeding an altitude of 152.4 m (500 ft), the ``take-off'' area was
                marked as 2.41 km (1.5 mi) derived from flight logs found through
                FlightAware, which suggested that ascent to maximum flight altitude
                took approximately half the time of the average descent. The remainder
                of the flight path that
                [[Page 43022]]
                stretches between two air strips was considered the ``traveling'' area.
                We then applied the exposure area of 1,610 m (1 mi) along the flight
                paths. The data used to estimate the probability of Level B harassments
                due to aircraft (see section Estimating Harassment Rates of Aircraft
                Activities) suggested 99% of groups of bears were observed within 1.6
                km of the aircraft.
                 We then differentiated the coastal and inland zones. The coastal
                zone was the area offshore and within 2 km (1.2 mi) of the coastline
                (see section Spatially Partitioning the North Slope into ``coastal''
                and ``inland'' zones), and the inland zone was anything greater than 2
                km (1.2 mi) from the coastline. We calculated the areas in square
                kilometers for the exposure area within the coastal zone and the inland
                zone for all take-offs, landings, and traveling areas. For flights that
                involve an inland and a coastal airstrip, we considered landings to
                occur at airstrips within the coastal zone. Seasonal encounter rates
                developed for both the coastal and inland zones (see section Search
                Effort Buffer) were applied to the appropriate segments of each flight
                path.
                 Surface encounter rates were calculated based on the number of
                bears per season (see section Search Effort Buffer). To apply these
                rates to aircraft activities, we needed to calculate a proportion of
                the season in which aircraft were flown. However, the assumption
                involved in using a seasonal proportion is that the area is impacted
                for an entire day (i.e., for 24 hours). Therefore, to prevent
                estimating impacts along the flight path over periods of time where
                aircraft are not present, we calculated a proportion of the day the
                area will be impacted by aircraft activities for each season (Table 5).
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.009
                [[Page 43023]]
                 The number of times each flight path was flown (i.e., flight
                frequency) was determined from the Request. We used the description
                combined with the approximate number of weeks and months within the
                open-water season and the ice season to determine the total number of
                flights per season for each year (f). We then used flight frequency and
                number of days per season (ds) to calculate the seasonal
                proportion of flights (Sp; Equation 6).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.010
                 After we determined the seasonal proportion of flights, we
                estimated the amount of time an aircraft would be impacting the
                landing/take-off areas within a day (tLT). Assuming an aircraft is not
                landing at the same time another is taking off from the same airstrip,
                we estimated the amount of time an aircraft would be present within the
                landing or take-off zone would be tLT = 10 minutes. We then calculated
                how many minutes within a day an aircraft would be impacting an area
                and divided by the number of minutes within a 24-hour period (1,440
                minutes). This determined the proportion of the day in which a landing/
                take-off area is impacted by an aircraft for each season
                (Dp(LT); Equation 7).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.011
                 To estimate the amount of time an aircraft would be impacting the
                travel areas (tTR, we calculated the minimum amount of time it would
                take for an aircraft to travel the maximum exposure area at any given
                time, 3.22 km (2.00 mi). We made this estimate using average aircraft
                speeds at altitudes less than 305 m (1,000 ft) to account for slower
                flights at lower altitudes, such as summer cleanup activities and
                determined it would take approximately 1.5 minutes. We then determined
                how many 3.22-km (2-mi) segments are present along each traveling path
                (x). We determined the total number of minutes an aircraft would be
                impacting any 3.22-km (2-mi) segment along the travel area in a day and
                divided by the number of minutes in a 24-hour period. This calculation
                determined the proportion of the day in which an aircraft would impact
                an area while traveling during each season
                (Dp(TR); Equation 8).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.012
                 We then used observations of behavioral reactions from aerial
                surveys (see section Estimating Harassment Rates of Aircraft
                Activities) to determine the appropriate harassment rate in the
                exposure area (1,610 m (1 mi) from the center of the flight line; see
                above in this section). The harassment rate areas were then calculated
                separately for the landing and take-off areas along each flight path as
                well as the traveling area for all flights with altitudes at or below
                457.2 m (1,500 ft).
                 To estimate number of polar bears harassed due to aircraft
                activities, we first calculated the number of bears encountered (Bes)
                for the landing/take-off and traveling sections using both coastal (eci
                or co) and inland (eii or io) encounter rates
                within the coastal (ac) and inland (ai) exposure areas (Equation 9).
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.013
                [[Page 43024]]
                 Using the calculated number of coastal and inland bears encountered
                for each season, we applied the daily seasonal proportion for both
                landings/take-offs and traveling areas to determine the daily number of
                bears impacted due to aircraft activities (Bi). We then applied the
                aircraft harassment rate (ta) associated with the exposure area (see
                section Estimating Harassment Rates of Aircraft Activities), resulting
                in a number of bears harassed during each season (Bt; Equation 10).
                Harassment associated with AIR surveys was analyzed separately.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.014
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-C
                Analysis Approach for Estimating Harassment During Aerial Infrared
                Surveys
                 Typically, during every ice season Industry conducts polar bear den
                surveys using AIR. Although the target for these surveys is polar bear
                dens, bears on the surface can be impacted by the overflights. These
                surveys are not conducted along specific flight paths and generally
                overlap previously flown areas within the same trip. Therefore, the
                harassment estimates for surface bears during AIR surveys were
                estimated using a different methodology.
                 Rather than estimate potential flight paths, we used the maximum
                amount of flight time that is likely to occur for AIR surveys during
                each year. The period of AIR surveys lasts November 25th to January
                15th (52 days), and we estimated a maximum of 6 hours of flight time
                per day, resulting in a total of 312 flight hours per year. To
                determine the amount of time AIR flights are likely to survey coastal
                and inland zones, we found the area where industry activities and
                denning habitat overlap and buffered by 1.6 km (1 mi). We then split
                the buffered denning habitat by zone and determined the proportion of
                coastal and inland denning habitat. Using this proportion, we estimated
                the number of flight hours spent within each zone and determined the
                proportion of the ice season in which AIR surveys were impacting the
                survey areas (see General Approach to Estimating Harassment for
                Aircraft Activities). We then estimated the aircraft footprint to
                determine the area that would be impacted at any given time as well as
                the area accounting for two take-offs and two landings. Using the
                seasonal bear encounter rates for the appropriate zones multiplied by
                the area impacted and the proportion of the season AIR flights were
                flown, we determined the number of bears encountered. We then applied
                the aircraft harassment rate to the number of bears encountered per
                zone to determine number of bears harassed.
                Estimated Harassment From Aircraft Activities
                 Using the approach described in General Approach to Estimating
                Harassment for Aircraft Activities and Analysis Approach for Estimating
                Harassment during Aerial Infrared Surveys, we estimated the total
                number of bears expected to be harassed by the aircraft activities
                included in the analyses during the Beaufort Sea ITR period of 2021-
                2026 (Table 6).
                 Table 6--Estimated Level B Harassment of Polar Bears on the North Slope of Alaska by Year as a Result of Aircraft Operations During the 2021-2026 ITR
                 Period
                 [Average estimated polar bear harassments per year = 1.09 bears]
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 21-22 22-23 23-24 24-25 25-26 26 Total
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Est. Harassment.................. 0.89 0.95 0.95 1.09 1.09 0.15 5.45
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Methods for Modeling the Effects of Den Disturbance
                Case Studies Analysis
                 To assess the likelihood and degree of exposure and predict
                probable responses of denning polar bears to activities proposed in the
                AOGA Request, we characterized, evaluated, and prioritized a series of
                rules and definitions towards a predictive model based on knowledge of
                published and unpublished information on denning ecology, behavior, and
                cub survival. Contributing information came from literature searches in
                several major research databases and data compiled from polar bear
                observations submitted by the oil and gas Industry. We considered all
                available scientific and observational data we could find on polar bear
                denning behavior and effects of disturbance.
                 From these sources, we identified 57 case studies representing
                instances where polar bears at a maternal den may have been exposed to
                human activities. For each den, we considered the four denning periods
                separately, and for each period, determined whether adequate
                information existed to document whether (1) the human activity met our
                definition of an exposure and (2) the response of the bear(s) could be
                classified according to our rules and definitions. From these 57 dens,
                80 denning period-specific events met these criteria. For each event,
                we classified the type and frequency (i.e., discrete or repeated) of
                the exposure, the response of the bear(s), and the level of take
                associated with that response. From this information, we calculated the
                probability that a discrete or repeated exposure would result in each
                possible level of take during each denning period, which informed the
                probabilities for outcomes in the simulation model (Table 7).
                [[Page 43025]]
                 Table 7--Probability That a Discrete or Repeated Exposure Elicited a Response by Denning Polar Bears That Would Result in Level B Harassment, Level A
                 Harassment (Including Serious and Non-Serious Injury), or Lethal Take
                 [Level B harassment was applicable to both adults and cubs, if present; Level A harassment and lethal take were applicable to cubs only. Probabilities
                 were calculated from the analysis of 57 case studies of polar bear responses to human activity. Cells with NAs indicate these types of take were not
                 possible during the given denning period.]
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Non-serious Serious Level
                 Exposure type Period None Level B Level A A Lethal
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Discrete............................... Den Establishment.............. 0.400 0.600 NA NA NA
                 Early Denning.................. 1.000 0.000 NA NA 0.000
                 Late Denning................... 0.091 0.000 NA 0.909 0.000
                 Post-emergence................. 0.000 0.000 0.750 NA 0.250
                Repeated............................... Den Establishment.............. 1.000 0.000 NA NA NA
                 Early Denning.................. 0.800 0.000 NA NA 0.200
                 Late Denning................... 0.708 0.000 NA 0.292 0.000
                 Post-emergence................. 0.000 0.267 0.733 NA 0.000
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Case Study Analysis Definitions
                 Below, we provide definitions for terms used in this analysis, a
                general overview of denning chronology and periods (details are
                provided in the Potential Effects to Pacific Walrus, Polar Bears and
                Prey Species: Effects on denning bears), and the rules established for
                using the case studies to inform the model.
                Exposure and Response Definitions
                 Exposure: Any human activity within 1.6 km (1 mi) of a polar bear
                den site. In the case of aircraft, an overflight within 457 m (0.3 mi)
                above ground level.
                 Discrete exposure: An exposure that occurs only once and of short
                duration ( No response: No observed or presumed behavioral or
                physiological response to an exposure.
                 Likely physiological response: An alteration in the normal
                physiological function of a polar bear (e.g., elevated heart rate or
                stress hormone levels) that is typically unobservable but is likely to
                occur in response to an exposure.
                 Behavioral response: A change in behavior in response to
                an exposure. Behavioral responses can range from biologically
                insignificant (e.g., a resting bear raising its head in response to a
                vehicle driving along a road) to substantial (e.g., cub abandonment)
                and concomitant levels of take vary accordingly.
                Timing Definitions
                 Entrance date: The date a female first enters a maternal den after
                excavation is complete.
                 Emergence date: The date a maternal den is first opened and a bear
                is exposed directly to external conditions. Although a bear may exit
                the den completely at emergence, we considered even partial-body exits
                (e.g., only a bear's head protruding above the surface of the snow) to
                represent emergence in order to maintain consistency with dates derived
                from temperature sensors on collared bears (e.g., Rode et al. 2018b).
                For dens located near regularly occurring human activity, we considered
                the first day a bear was observed near a den to be the emergence date
                unless other data were available to inform emergence dates (e.g., GPS
                collar data).
                 Departure date: The date when bears leave the den site to return to
                the sea ice. If a bear leaves the den site after a disturbance but
                later returns, we considered the initial movement to be the departure
                date.
                Definition of Various Denning Periods
                 Den establishment period: Period of time between the start of
                maternal den excavation and the birth of cubs. Unless evidence
                indicates otherwise, all dens that are excavated by adult females in
                the fall or winter are presumed to be maternal dens. In the absence of
                other information, this period is defined as denning activity prior to
                December 1 (i.e., estimated earliest date cubs are likely present in
                dens (Derocher et al. 1992, Van de Velde et al. 2003)).
                 Early denning period: Period of time from the birth of cubs until
                they reach 60 days of age and are capable of surviving outside the den.
                In the absence of other information, this period is defined as any
                denning activity occurring between December 1 and February 13 (i.e., 60
                days after 15 December, the estimated average date of cub birth; Van de
                Velde et al. 2003, Messier et al. 1994).
                 Late denning period: Period of time between when cubs reach 60 days
                of age and den emergence. In the absence of other information, this
                period is defined as any denning activity occurring between 14 February
                and den emergence.
                 Post-emergence period: Period of time between den emergence and den
                site departure. We considered a ``normal'' duration at the den site
                between emergence and departure to be greater than or equal to 8 days
                and classified departures that occurred post emergence ``early'' if
                they occurred less than 8 days after emergence.
                Descriptions of Potential Outcomes
                 Cub abandonment: Occurs when a female leaves all or part of her
                litter, either in the den or on the surface, at any stage of the
                denning process. We classified events where a female left her cubs but
                later returned (or was returned by humans) as cub abandonment.
                 Early emergence: Den emergence that occurs as the result of an
                exposure (see `Rules' below).
                 Early departure: Departure from the den site post-emergence that
                occurs as the result of an exposure (see `Rules' below).
                Predictive Model Rules for Determining Den Outcomes and Assigning Take
                 We considered any exposure in a 24-hour period that did
                not result in a Level A harassment or lethal take to potentially be a
                Level B harassment take
                [[Page 43026]]
                if a behavioral response was observed. However, multiple exposures do
                not result in multiple Level B harassment takes unless the exposures
                occurred in two different denning periods.
                 If comprehensive dates of specific exposures are not
                available and daily exposures were possible (e.g., the den was located
                within 1.6 km [1 mi] of an ice road), we assumed exposures occurred
                daily.
                 In the event of an exposure that resulted in a disturbance
                to denning bears, take was assigned for each bear (i.e., female and
                each cub) associated with that den. Whereas assigned take for cubs
                could range from Level B harassment to lethal take, for adult females
                only Level B harassment was possible.
                 In the absence of additional information, we assumed dens
                did not contain cubs prior to December 1 but did contain cubs on or
                after December 1.
                 If an exposure occurred and the adult female subsequently
                abandoned her cubs, we assigned a lethal take for each cub.
                 If an exposure occurred during the early denning period
                and bears emerged from the den before cubs reached 60 days of age, we
                assigned a lethal take for each cub. In the absence of information
                about cub age, a den emergence that occurred between December 1 and
                February 13 was considered to be an early emergence and resulted in a
                lethal take of each cub.
                 If an exposure occurred during the late denning period
                (i.e., after cubs reached 60 days of age) and bears emerged from the
                den before their intended (i.e., undisturbed) emergence date, we
                assigned a serious injury Level A harassment take for each cub. In the
                absence of information about cub age and intended emergence date (which
                was known only for simulated dens), den emergences that occurred
                between (and including) February 14 and March 14 were considered to be
                early emergences and resulted in a serious injury Level A harassment
                take of each cub. If a den emergence occurred after March 14 but was
                clearly linked to an exposure (e.g., bear observed emerging from the
                den when activity initiated near the den), we considered the emergence
                to be early and resulted in a serious injury Level A harassment take of
                each cub.
                 For dens where emergence was not classified as early, if
                an exposure occurred during the post-emergence period and bears
                departed the den site prior to their intended (i.e., undisturbed)
                departure date, we assigned a non-serious injury Level A harassment
                take for each cub. In the absence of information about the intended
                departure date (which was known only for simulated dens), den site
                departures that occurred less than 8 days after the emergence date were
                considered to be early departures and resulted in a non-serious injury
                Level A harassment take of each cub.
                Den Simulation
                 We simulated dens across the entire north slope of Alaska, ranging
                from the areas identified as denning habitat (Blank 2013, Durner et al.
                2006, 2013) contained within the National Petroleum Reserve--Alaska
                (NPRA) in the west to the Canadian border in the east. While AOGA's
                Request does not include activity inside ANWR, we still simulated dens
                in that area to ensure that any activities directly adjacent to the
                refuge that might impact denning bears inside the refuge would be
                captured. To simulate dens on the landscape, we relied on the estimated
                number of dens in three different regions of northern Alaska provided
                by Atwood et al. (2020). These included the NPRA, the area between the
                Colville and Canning Rivers (CC), and ANWR. The mean estimated number
                of dens in each region during a given winter were as follows: 12 dens
                (95% CI: 3-26) in the NPRA, 26 dens (95% CI: 11-48) in the CC region,
                and 14 dens (95% CI: 5-30) in ANWR (Atwood et al. 2020). For each
                iteration of the model (described below), we drew a random sample from
                a gamma distribution for each of the regions based on the above
                parameter estimates, which allowed uncertainty in the number of dens in
                each area to be propagated through the modeling process. Specifically,
                we used the method of moments (Hobbs and Hooten 2015) to develop the
                shape and rate parameters for the gamma distributions as follows: NPRA
                (12\2\/5.8\2\,12/5.8\2\), CC (26\2\/9.5\2\,26/9.5\2\), and ANWR (14\2\/
                6.3\2\,14/6.3\2\).
                 Because not all areas in northern Alaska are equally used for
                denning and some areas do not contain the requisite topographic
                attributes required for sufficient snow accumulation for den
                excavation, we did not randomly place dens on the landscape. Instead,
                we followed a similar approach to that used by Wilson and Durner (2020)
                with some additional modifications to account for differences in
                denning ecology in the CC region related to a preference to den on
                barrier islands and a general (but not complete) avoidance of actively
                used industrial infrastructure. Using the USGS polar bear den catalogue
                (Durner et al. 2020), we identified polar bear dens that occurred on
                land in the CC region and that were identified either by GPS-collared
                bears or through systematic surveys for denning bears (Durner et al.
                2020). This resulted in a sample of 37 dens of which 22 (i.e., 60
                percent) occurred on barrier islands. For each iteration of the model,
                we then determined how many of the estimated dens in the CC region
                occurred on barrier islands versus the mainland.
                 To accomplish this, we first took a random sample from a binomial
                distribution to determine the expected number of dens from the den
                catalog (Durner et al. 2020) that should occur on barrier islands in
                the CC region during that given model iteration; nbarrier =
                Binomial(37,22/37), where 37 represents the total number of dens in the
                den catalogue (Durner et al. 2020) in the CC region suitable for use
                (as described above) and 22/37 represents the observed proportion of
                dens in the CC region that occurred on barrier islands. We then divided
                nbarrier by the total number of dens in the CC region suitable for use
                (i.e., 37) to determine the proportion of dens in the CC region that
                should occur on barrier islands (i.e., pbarrier). We then multiplied
                pbarrier with the simulated number of dens in the CC region (rounded to
                the nearest whole number) to determine how many dens were simulated to
                occur on barriers islands in the region.
                 In the NPRA, the den catalogue (Durner et al. 2020) data indicated
                that two dens occurred outside of defined denning habitat (Durner et
                al. 2013), so we took a similar approach as with the barrier islands to
                estimate how many dens occur in areas of the NPRA with the den habitat
                layer during each iteration of the model; nhabitat ~ Binomial(15, 13/
                15), where 15 represents the total number of dens in NPRA from the den
                catalogue (Durner et al. 2020) suitable for use (as described above),
                and 13/15 represents the observed proportion of dens in NPRA that
                occurred in the region with den habitat coverage (Durner et al. 2013).
                We then divided nhabitat by the total number of dens in NPRA from the
                den catalogue (i.e., 15) to determine proportion of dens in the NPRA
                region that occurred in the region of the den habitat layer (phabitat).
                We then multiplied phabitat with the simulated number of dens in NPRA
                (rounded to the nearest whole number) to determine the number of dens
                in NPRA that occurred in the region with the den habitat layer. Because
                no infrastructure exists and no activities are proposed to occur in the
                area of NPRA without the den habitat layer, we only considered the
                potential impacts of activity to those dens simulated to occur
                [[Page 43027]]
                in the region with denning habitat identified (Durner et al. 2013).
                 To account for the potential influence of industrial activities and
                infrastructure on the distribution of polar bear selection of den
                sites, we again relied on the subset of dens from the den catalogue
                (Durner et al. 2020) discussed above. We further restricted the dens to
                only those occurring on the mainland because no permanent
                infrastructure occurred on barrier islands with identified denning
                habitat (Durner et al. 2006). We then determined the minimum distance
                to permanent infrastructure that was present when the den was
                identified. This led to an estimate of a mean minimum distance of dens
                to infrastructure being 21.59 km (SD = 16.82). From these values, we
                then parameterized a gamma distribution: Gamma(21.59\2\/16.82\2\,
                21.59/16.82\2\). We then obtained 100,000 samples from this
                distribution and created a discretized distribution of distances
                between dens and infrastructure. We created 2.5-km intervals between 0
                and 45 km, and one bin for areas >45 km from infrastructure and
                determined the number of samples that occurred within each distance
                bin. We then divided the number of samples in each bin by the total
                number of samples to determine the probability of a simulated den
                occurring in a given distance bin. The choice of 2.5 km for distance
                bins was based on a need to ensure that kernel density grid cells
                occurred in each distance bin.
                 To inform where dens are most likely to occur on the landscape, we
                developed a kernel density map by using known den locations in northern
                Alaska identified either by GPS-collared bears or through systematic
                surveys for denning bears (Durner et al. 2020). To approximate the
                distribution of dens, we used an adaptive kernel density estimator
                (Terrell and Scott 1992) applied to n observed den location, which took
                the form
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.019
                where the adaptive bandwidth h(s) = ([beta]0 +
                [beta]1I(si [isin] M)I(s [isin] M))[beta]2 for
                the location of the ith den and each location s in the study area. The
                indicator functions allowed the bandwidth to vary abruptly between the
                mainland M and barrier islands. The kernel k was the Gaussian kernel,
                and the parameters [theta], [beta]0, [beta]1,
                [beta]2 were chosen based on visual assessment so that the
                density estimate approximated the observed density of dens and our
                understanding of likely den locations in areas with low sampling
                effort.
                 The kernel density map we used for this analysis differs slightly
                from the version used in previous analyses, specifically our
                differentiation of barrier islands from mainland habitat. We used this
                modified version because previous analyses did not require us to
                consider denning habitat in the CC region, which has a significant
                amount of denning that occurs on barrier islands compared to the other
                two regions. If barrier islands were not differentiated for the kernel
                density estimate, density from the barrier island dens would spill over
                onto the mainland, which was deemed to be biologically unrealistic
                given the clear differences in den density between the barrier islands
                and the mainland in the region. For each grid cell in the kernel
                density map within the CC region, we then determined the minimum
                distance to roads and pads that had occupancy >=0.50 identified by AOGA
                during October through December (i.e., the core period when bears were
                establishing their dens). We restricted the distance to infrastructure
                component to only the CC region because it is the region that contains
                the vast majority of oil and gas infrastructure and has had some form
                of permanent industrial infrastructure present for more than 50 years.
                Thus, denning polar bears have had a substantial amount of time to
                modify their selection of where to den related to the presence of human
                activity.
                 To simulate dens on the landscape, we first sampled in which kernel
                grid cell a den would occur based on the underlying relative
                probability (Figure 6) within a given region using a multinomial
                distribution. Once a cell was selected, the simulated den was randomly
                placed on the denning habitat (Blank 2013, Durner et al. 2006, 2013)
                located within that grid cell. For dens being simulated on mainland in
                the CC region, an additional step was required. We first assigned a
                simulated den a distance bin using a multinomial distribution of
                probabilities of being located in a given distance bin based on the
                discretized distribution of distances described above. Based on the
                distance to infrastructure bin assigned to a simulated den, we subset
                the kernel density grid cells that occurred in the same distance bin
                and then selected a grid cell from that subset based on their
                underlying probabilities using a multinomial distribution. Then,
                similar to other locations, a den was randomly placed on denning
                habitat within that grid cell.
                [[Page 43028]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.015
                 For each simulated den, we assigned dates of key denning events;
                den entrance, birth of cubs, when cubs reached 60 days of age, den
                emergence, and departure from the den site after emergence. These
                represent the chronology of each den under undisturbed conditions. We
                selected the entrance date for each den from a normal distribution
                parameterized by entrance dates of radio-collared bears in the Southern
                Beaufort subpopulation that denned on land included in Rode et al.
                (2018) and published in USGS (2018; n = 52, mean = 11 November, SD = 18
                days). These data were restricted to those dens with both an entrance
                and emergence data identified and where a bear was in the den for
                greater than or equal to 60 days to reduce the chances of including
                non-maternal bears using shelter dens. Sixty days represents the
                minimum age of cubs before they have a chance of survival outside of
                the den. Thus, periods less than 60 days in the den have a higher
                chance of being shelter dens.
                 We truncated this distribution to ensure that all simulated dates
                occurred within the range of observed values (i.e., 12 September to 22
                December) identified in USGS (2018) to ensure that entrance dates were
                not simulated during biologically unreasonable periods given that the
                normal distribution allows some probability (albeit small) of dates
                being substantially outside a biologically reasonable range. We
                selected a date of birth for each litter from a normal distribution
                with the mean set to ordinal date 348 (i.e., 15 December) and standard
                deviation of 10, which allowed the 95 percent CI to approximate the
                range of birth dates (i.e., December 1 to January 15) identified in the
                peer-reviewed literature (Messier et al. 1994, Van de Velde et al.
                2003). We ensured that simulated birth dates occurred after simulated
                den entrance dates. We selected the emergence date as a random draw
                from an asymmetric Laplace distribution with parameters [mu] = 81.0,
                [sigma] = 4.79, and p = 0.79 estimated from the empirical emergence
                dates in Rode et al. (2018) and published in USGS (2018, n = 52) of
                radio-collared bears in the Southern Beaufort Sea stock that denned on
                land using the mleALD function from package `ald' (Galarzar and Lachos
                2018) in program R (R Core Development Team 2021). We constrained
                simulated emergence dates to occur within the range of observed
                emergence dates (January 9 to April 9, again to constrain dates to be
                biologically realistic) and to not occur until after cubs were 60 days
                old. Finally, we assigned the number of days each family group spent at
                the den site post-emergence based on values reported in four behavioral
                studies, Smith et al. (2007, 2010, 2013) and Robinson (2014), which
                monitored dens near immediately after emergence (n = 25 dens).
                Specifically, we used the mean (8.0) and SD (5.5) of the dens monitored
                in these studies to parameterize a gamma distribution using the method
                of moments (Hobbs and Hooten 2015) with a shape parameter equal to
                8.0\2\/5.5\2\ and a rate parameter equal to 8.0/5.5\2\; we selected a
                post-emergence, pre-departure time for each den from this distribution.
                We restricted time at the den post emergence to occur within the range
                of times observed in Smith et al. (2007, 2010, 2013) and Robinson
                (2014) (i.e., 2-23 days, again to ensure biologically realistic times
                spent at the den site were simulated). Additionally, we assigned each
                den a litter size by drawing the number of cubs from a multinomial
                distribution with probabilities derived from litter sizes (n = 25
                litters) reported in Smith et al. (2007, 2010, 2013) and Robinson
                (2014).
                 Because there is some probability that a female naturally emerges
                with 0 cubs, we also wanted to ensure this scenario was captured. It is
                difficult to parameterize the probability of litter size equal to 0
                because it is rarely observed. We, therefore, assumed that dens in the
                USGS (2018) dataset that had denning durations less than the shortest
                den duration where a female
                [[Page 43029]]
                was later observed with cubs (i.e., 79 days) had a litter size of 0.
                There were only 3 bears in the USGS (2018) data that met this criteria,
                leading to an assumed probability of a litter size of 0 at emergence
                being 0.07. We, therefore, assigned the probability of 0, 1, 2, or 3
                cubs as 0.07, 0.15, 0.71, and 0.07, respectively.
                Infrastructure and Human Activities
                 The model developed by Wilson and Durner (2020) provides a template
                for estimating the level of potential impact to denning polar bears of
                proposed activities while also considering the natural denning ecology
                of polar bears in the region. The approach developed by Wilson and
                Durner (2020) also allows for the incorporation of uncertainty in both
                the metric associated with denning bears and in the timing and spatial
                patterns of proposed activities when precise information on those
                activities is unavailable. Below we describe the different sources of
                potential disturbance we considered within the model. We considered
                infrastructure and human activities only within the area of proposed
                activity in the ITR Request. However, given that activity on the border
                of this region could still affect dens falling outside of the area
                defined in the ITR Request, we also considered the impacts to denning
                bears within a 1-mile buffer outside of the proposed activity area.
                Roads and Pads
                 We obtained shapefiles of existing and proposed road and pad
                infrastructure associated with industrial activities from AOGA. Each
                attribute in the shapefiles included a monthly occupancy rate that
                ranged from 0 to 1. For this analysis, we assumed that any road or pad
                with occupancy greater than 0 for a given month had the potential for
                human activity during the entire month unless otherwise noted.
                Ice Roads and Tundra Travel
                 We obtained shapefiles of proposed ice road and tundra travel
                routes from AOGA. We also received information on the proposed start
                and end dates for ice roads and tundra routes each winter from AOGA
                with activity anticipated to occur at least daily along each.
                Seismic Surveys
                 Seismic surveys are planned to occur in the central region of the
                project area proposed by AOGA (Figure 7). The region where seismic
                surveys would occur were split into two different portions representing
                relatively high and relatively low probabilities of polar bear dens
                being present (Figure 7). During any given winter, no more than 766
                km\2\ and 1183 km\2\ will be surveyed in the high- and low-density
                areas, respectively. Therefore, for this analysis, we estimated take
                rates by assuming that seismic surveys would occur in the portions of
                those areas with the highest underlying probabilities of denning
                occurring and covering the largest area proposed in each (i.e., 766
                km\2\ and 1183 km\2\). All seismic surveys could start as early as
                January 1 and operate until April 15.
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.016
                [[Page 43030]]
                Pipelines
                 We obtained shapefiles of existing and proposed pipelines, as well
                as which months and years each pipeline would be operational, from
                AOGA. Based on the description in the Request, we assumed that all
                pipelines would have aerial surveys conducted weekly with aircraft
                flying at altitudes 457.2 m (>1,500 ft). After
                reviewing current and proposed flight patterns for flights likely to
                occur at altitudes =1 take of a bear occurring during a given winter.
                Maritime Activities
                Vessel Traffic
                 Maritime activities were divided into two categories of potential
                impact: vessel traffic and in-water construction. Vessel traffic was
                further divided into two categories: Repeated, frequent trips by small
                boats and hovercraft for crew movement and less frequent trips to move
                fuel and equipment by tugs and barges. We estimated the potential Level
                B harassment take from the repeated, frequent trips by crew boats and
                hovercraft in Polar Bear: Surface Interactions as marine roads using an
                occupancy rate of 0.2. This occupancy rate accounts for 20 percent of
                the impact area (i.e., the length of the route buffered by 1.6 km (1
                mi)) being impacted at any given point throughout the year, which is
                consistent with the daily trips described by AOGA.
                 For less frequent trips for fuel and equipment resupply by tugs and
                barges, AOGA has supplied the highest expected number of trips that may
                be taken each year. Because we have been supplied with a finite number
                of potential trips, we used the impact area of the barge/tug
                combination as it moves in its route from one location to the next. We
                estimated a 16.5-km\2\ (6.37-mi\2\) take area for the barge, tug, and
                associated tow line, which accounts for a barge, tow, and tug length of
                200 m (656 ft), width of 100 m (328 ft), and a 1.6-km (1-mi) buffer
                surrounding the vessels. We calculated the total hours of impact using
                an average vessel speed of two knots (3.7 km/hr), and then calculated
                the proportion of the open-water season that would be impacted (Table
                9).
                [[Page 43032]]
                 Table 9--Calculation of the Total Number of Barge and Tug Vessel Trip Hours and the Proportion of the Season
                 Polar Bears May be Impacted in a 16.5-km\2\ Impact Area by Barge/Tug Presence
                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Est. length Total time
                 Origin Destination Frequency (km) Time/trip (hr) (hr)
                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                West Dock..................... Milne Point..... 1 38 10 10
                Milne Point................... West Dock....... 1 38 10 10
                West Dock..................... Endicott........ 30 22 6 178
                Endicott...................... Badami.......... 10 42 11 114
                Badami........................ Pt. Thomson..... 10 32 9 86
                Pt. Thomson................... West Dock....... 10 96 26 259
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Total Hours............... ................ .............. .............. .............. 658
                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Proportion of Season Impacted by Barge/Tug Use 0.24
                ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The number of estimated takes was then calculated using Equation 4,
                in which the impact area is multiplied by encounter rate, proportion of
                season, and harassment rate for the open-water season. The final number
                of estimated Level B harassment events from barge/tug trips was 1.12
                bears per year.
                In-Water Construction
                 Polar bears are neither known to vocalize underwater nor to rely
                substantially upon underwater sounds to locate prey. However, for any
                predator, loss of hearing is likely to be an impediment to successful
                foraging. The Service has applied a 190 dB re 1 [micro]Pa threshold for
                TTS and a 180 dB re1[micro]Pa threshold for Level B harassment arising
                from exposure of polar bears to underwater sounds for previous
                authorizations in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas; seas. However, given
                the projection of polar bear TTS at 188 dB by Southall et al. (2019)
                referenced in Figure 1, we used a threshold of Level B harassment at
                180 dB re 1 [micro]Pa in our analysis for these regulations.
                 The proposal for the 2021-2026 ITR period includes several
                activities that will create underwater sound, including dredging,
                screeding, pile driving, gravel placement, and geohazard surveys.
                Underwater sounds and the spatial extent to which they propagate are
                variable and dependent upon the sound source (e.g., size and
                composition of a pile for pile driving, equipment type for geophysical
                surveys, etc.), the installation method, substrate type, presence of
                sea ice, and water depth. Source levels range from less than 160 dB re
                1 [micro]Pa to greater than 200 dB re 1 [micro]Pa (Rodkin and
                Pommerenck, 2014), meaning some sounds reach the level of TTS, however
                they do not reach the level of PTS (Table 1). Although these activities
                result in underwater areas that are above the 180 dB Level B harassment
                threshold for polar bears, the areas above the threshold will be small
                and fall within the current impact area (1.6 km) used to estimate polar
                bear harassment due to surface interactions. Thus, additional
                harassment calculations based on in-water noise are not necessary.
                Similarly, any in-air sounds generated by underwater sources are not
                expected to propagate above the Level B harassment thresholds listed in
                Table 1 beyond the 1.6-km (1.0-mi) impact area established in Polar
                Bear: Surface Interactions.
                Sum of Harassment From All Sources
                 A summary of total numbers of estimated take by Level B harassments
                during the duration of the project by season and take category is
                provided in Table 10. The potential for lethal or Level A harassment
                was explored. The highest probability of greater than or equal to 1
                lethal or serious Level A harassment take of polar bears over the 5-
                year ITR period was 0.462.
                 Table 10--Total Estimated Level B Harassment Events of Polar Bears per Year and Source
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Level B harassment of polar bears on the surface or in water
                 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 Year Surface Seismic Vessel Aircraft Total
                 activity exploration activity overflights Denning bears
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Open water 2021-Ice 2021/2022........................... 56.54 1.94 1.12 0.82 3.1 65
                Open water 2022-Ice 2022/2023........................... 83.77 1.94 1.12 0.95 3.2 91
                Open water 2023-Ice 2023/2024........................... 84.28 1.94 1.12 0.95 3.1 92
                Open water 2024-Ice 2024/2025........................... 84.23 1.94 1.12 1.09 3.1 92
                Open water 2025-Ice 2025/2026........................... 84.48 1.94 1.12 1.09 3.2 92
                Open water 2026......................................... 12 0.00 1.12 0.15 0 14
                --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Critical Assumptions
                 To conduct this analysis and estimate the potential amount of Level
                B harassment, several critical assumptions were made.
                 Level B harassment is equated herein with behavioral responses that
                indicate harassment or disturbance. There is likely a portion of
                animals that respond in ways that indicate some level of disturbance
                but do not experience significant biological consequences. Our
                estimates do not account for variable responses by polar bear age and
                sex; however, sensitivity of denning bears was incorporated into the
                analysis. The available information suggests that polar bears are
                generally resilient to low levels of disturbance. Females with
                dependent young and juvenile polar bears are physiologically the most
                sensitive (Andersen and Aars 2008) and most likely to experience
                harassment from disturbance. There is not enough information on
                composition of the SBS polar bear stock in the ITR area to incorporate
                individual variability based on age and sex or to predict its influence
                on harassment estimates. Our estimates are derived from a variety of
                sample populations with various age and sex structures, and we assume
                the exposed population will have a similar
                [[Page 43033]]
                composition and therefore, the response rates are applicable.
                 The estimates of behavioral response presented here do not account
                for the individual movements of animals away from the ITR area or
                habituation of animals to noise or human presence. Our assessment
                assumes animals remain stationary, (i.e., density does not change).
                There is not enough information about the movement of polar bears in
                response to specific disturbances to refine this assumption. This
                situation could result in overestimation of harassment; however, we
                cannot account for harassment resulting from a polar bear moving into
                less preferred habitat due to disturbance.
                Potential Effects of Oil Spills on Pacific Walruses and Polar Bears
                 Walrus and polar bear ranges overlap with many active and planned
                Industry activities--resulting in associated risks of oil spills from
                facilities, ships, and pipelines in both offshore and onshore habitat.
                To date, no major offshore oil spills have occurred in the Alaska
                Beaufort Sea. Although numerous small onshore spills have occurred on
                the North Slope. To date, there have been no documented effects to
                polar bears.
                 Oil spills are unintentional releases of oil or petroleum products.
                In accordance with the National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System
                Permit Program, all North Slope oil companies must submit an oil spill
                contingency plan. It is illegal to discharge oil into the environment,
                and a reporting system requires operators to report spills. Between
                1977 and 1999, an average of 70 oil and 234 waste product spills
                occurred annually on the North Slope oilfields. Although most spills
                have been small by Industry standards (less than 50 bbl), larger spills
                (more than 500 bbl) accounted for much of the annual volume. In the
                North Slope, a total of seven large spills occurred between 1985 and
                2009. The largest of these spills occurred in the spring of 2006 when
                approximately 6,190 bbl leaked from flow lines near an oil gathering
                center. More recently, several large spills have occurred. In 2012,
                1,000 bbl of drilling mud and 100 bbl of crude were spilled in separate
                incidents; in 2013, approximately 166 bbl of crude oil was spilled; and
                in 2014, 177 bbl of drilling mud was spilled. In 2016, 160 bbl of mixed
                crude oil and produced water was spilled. These spills occurred
                primarily in the terrestrial environment in heavily industrialized
                areas not utilized by walruses or polar bears and therefore, posed
                little risk to the animals.
                 The two largest onshore oil spills were in the terrestrial
                environment and occurred because of pipeline failures. In the spring of
                2006, approximately 6,190 bbl of crude oil spilled from a corroded
                pipeline operated by BP Exploration (Alaska). The spill impacted
                approximately 0.8 ha (~2 ac). In November 2009, a spill of
                approximately 1,150 bbl from a ``common line'' carrying oil, water, and
                natural gas operated by BP occurred as well, impacting approximately
                780 m\2\ (~8,400 ft\2\). None of these spills were known to impact
                polar bears, in part due to the locations and timing. Both sites were
                within or near Industry facilities not frequented by polar bears, and
                polar bears are not typically observed in the affected areas during the
                time of the spills and subsequent cleanup.
                 Nonetheless, walruses and polar bears could encounter spilled oil
                from exploratory operations, existing offshore facilities, pipelines,
                or from marine vessels. The shipping of crude oil, oil products, or
                other toxic substances, as well as the fuel for the shipping vessels,
                increases the risk of a spill.
                 As additional offshore Industry projects are planned, the potential
                for large spills in the marine environment increases. Oil spills in the
                sea-ice environment, at the ice edge, in leads, polynyas, and similar
                areas of importance to walruses and polar bears present an even greater
                challenge because of both the difficulties associated with cleaning oil
                in sea-ice along with the presence of wildlife in those areas.
                 Oiling of food sources, such as ringed seals, may result in
                indirect effects on polar bears, such as a local reduction in ringed
                seal numbers, or a change to the local distribution of seals and bears.
                More direct effects on polar bears could occur from: (1) Ingestion of
                oiled prey, potentially resulting in reduced survival of individual
                bears; (2) oiling of fur and subsequent ingestion of oil from grooming;
                (3) oiling and fouling of fur with subsequent loss of insulation,
                leading to hypothermia; and (4) disturbance, injury, or death from
                interactions with humans during oil spill response activities. Polar
                bears may be particularly vulnerable to disturbance when nutritionally
                stressed and during denning. Cleanup operations that disturb a den
                could result in death of cubs through abandonment, and perhaps, death
                of the female as well. In spring, females with cubs of the year that
                denned near or on land and migrate to contaminated offshore areas may
                encounter oil following a spill (Stirling in Geraci and St. Aubin
                1990).
                 In the event of an oil spill, the Service follows oil spill
                response plans, coordinates with partners, and reduces the impact of a
                spill on wildlife. Several factors will be considered when responding
                to an oil spill--including spill location, magnitude, oil viscosity and
                thickness, accessibility to spill site, spill trajectory, time of year,
                weather conditions (i.e., wind, temperature, precipitation),
                environmental conditions (i.e., presence and thickness of ice), number,
                age, and sex of walruses and polar bears that are (or are likely to be)
                affected, degree of contact, importance of affected habitat, cleanup
                proposal, and likelihood of human-bear interactions. Response efforts
                will be conducted under a three-tier approach characterized as: (1)
                Primary response, involving containment, dispersion, burning, or
                cleanup of oil; (2) secondary response, involving hazing, herding,
                preventative capture/relocation, or additional methods to remove or
                deter wildlife from affected or potentially affected areas; and (3)
                tertiary response, involving capture, cleaning, treatment, and release
                of wildlife. If the decision is made to conduct response activities,
                primary and secondary response options will be vigorously applied.
                Tertiary response capability has been developed by the Service and
                partners, though such response efforts would most likely be able to
                handle only a few animals at a time. More information is available in
                the Service's oil spill response plans for walruses and polar bears in
                Alaska, which is located at: https://www.fws.gov/r7/fisheries/contaminants/pdf/Polar%20Bear%20WRP%20final%20v8_Public%20website.pdf.
                 BOEM has acknowledged that there are difficulties in effective oil-
                spill response in broken-ice conditions, and the National Academy of
                Sciences has determined that ``no current cleanup methods remove more
                than a small fraction of oil spilled in marine waters, especially in
                the presence of broken ice.'' BOEM advocates the use of non-mechanical
                methods of spill response, such as in-situ burning during periods when
                broken ice would hamper an effective mechanical response (MMS 2008). An
                in-situ burn has the potential to rapidly remove large quantities of
                oil and can be employed when broken-ice conditions may preclude
                mechanical response. However, the resulting smoke plume may contain
                toxic chemicals and high levels of particulates that can pose health
                risks to marine mammals, birds, and other wildlife as well as to
                humans. As a result, smoke trajectories must be considered before
                making the decision to burn spilled oil. Another potential
                [[Page 43034]]
                non-mechanical response strategy is the use of chemical dispersants to
                speed dissipation of oil from the water surface and disperse it within
                the water column in small droplets. However, dispersant use presents
                environmental trade-offs. While walruses and polar bears would likely
                benefit from reduced surface or shoreline oiling, dispersant use could
                have negative impacts on the aquatic food chain. Oil spill cleanup in
                the broken-ice and open-water conditions that characterize Arctic
                waters is problematic.
                Evaluation of Effects of Oil Spills on Pacific Walruses and Polar Bears
                 The MMPA does not authorize the incidental take of marine mammals
                as the result of illegal actions, such as oil spills. Nor do the
                specified activities in AOGA's request include oil spills. Any event
                that results in an injurious or lethal outcome to a marine mammal is
                not authorized under this ITR. However, for the purpose of developing a
                more complete context for evaluating potential effects on walruses and
                polar bears, the Service evaluated the potential impacts of oil spills
                within the Beaufort Sea ITR region.
                Pacific Walrus
                 As stated earlier, the Beaufort Sea is not within the primary range
                for walruses. Therefore, the probability of walruses encountering oil
                or waste products as a result of a spill from Industry activities is
                low. Onshore oil spills would not impact walruses unless they occurred
                on or near beaches or oil moved into the offshore environment. However,
                in the event of a spill that occurs during the open-water season, oil
                in the water column could drift offshore and possibly encounter a small
                number of walruses. Oil spills from offshore platforms could also
                contact walruses under certain conditions. For example, spilled oil
                during the ice-covered season that isn't cleaned up could become part
                of the ice substrate and could eventually be released back into the
                environment during the following open-water season. Additionally,
                during spring melt, oil would be collected by spill response
                activities, but it could eventually contact a limited number of
                walruses.
                 Little is known about the effects of oil, specifically on walruses,
                as no studies have been conducted to date. Hypothetically, walruses may
                react to oil much like other pinnipeds. Walruses are not likely to
                ingest oil while grooming since walruses have very little hair and
                exhibit no grooming behavior. Adult walruses may not be severely
                affected by the oil spill through direct contact, but they will be
                extremely sensitive to any habitat disturbance by human noise and
                response activities. In addition, due to the gregarious nature of
                walruses, an oil spill would most likely affect multiple individuals in
                the area. Walruses may also expose themselves more often to the oil
                that has accumulated at the edge of a contaminated shore or ice lead if
                they repeatedly enter and exit the water.
                 Walrus calves are most likely to suffer the ill-effects of oil
                contamination. Female walruses with calves are very attentive, and the
                calf will always stay close to its mother--including when the female is
                foraging for food. Walrus calves can swim almost immediately after
                birth and will often join their mother in the water. It is possible
                that an oiled calf will be unrecognizable to its mother either by sight
                or by smell and be abandoned. However, the greater threat may come from
                an oiled calf that is unable to swim away from the contamination and a
                devoted mother that would not leave without the calf, resulting in the
                potential mortality of both animals. Further, a nursing calf might
                ingest oil if the mother was oiled, also increasing the risk of injury
                or mortality.
                 Walruses have thick skin and blubber layers for insulation. Heat
                loss is regulated by control of peripheral blood flow through the
                animal's skin and blubber. The peripheral blood flow is decreased in
                cold water and increased at warmer temperatures. Direct exposure of
                walruses to oil is not believed to have any effect on the insulating
                capacity of their skin and blubber, although it is unknown if oil could
                affect their peripheral blood flow.
                 Damage to the skin of pinnipeds can occur from contact with oil
                because some of the oil penetrates the skin, causing inflammation and
                death of some tissue. The dead tissue is discarded, leaving behind an
                ulcer. While these skin lesions have only rarely been found on oiled
                seals, the effects on walruses may be greater because of a lack of hair
                to protect the skin. Direct exposure to oil can also result in
                conjunctivitis. Like other pinnipeds, walruses are susceptible to oil
                contamination in their eyes. Continuous exposure to oil will quickly
                cause permanent eye damage.
                 Inhalation of hydrocarbon fumes presents another threat to marine
                mammals. In studies conducted on pinnipeds, pulmonary hemorrhage,
                inflammation, congestion, and nerve damage resulted after exposure to
                concentrated hydrocarbon fumes for a period of 24 hours. If the
                walruses were also under stress from molting, pregnancy, etc., the
                increased heart rate associated with the stress would circulate the
                hydrocarbons more quickly, lowering the tolerance threshold for
                ingestion or inhalation.
                 Walruses are benthic feeders, and much of the benthic prey
                contaminated by an oil spill would be killed immediately. Others that
                survived would become contaminated from oil in bottom sediments,
                possibly resulting in slower growth and a decrease in reproduction.
                Bivalve mollusks, a favorite prey species of the walrus, are not
                effective at processing hydrocarbon compounds, resulting in highly
                concentrated accumulations and long-term retention of the contamination
                within the organism. Specifically, bivalve mollusks bioconcentrate
                polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs). These compounds are a
                particularly toxic fraction of oil that may cause a variety of chronic
                toxic effects in exposed organisms, including enzyme induction, immune
                impairment, or cancer, among others. In addition, because walruses feed
                primarily on mollusks, they may be more vulnerable to a loss of this
                prey species than other pinnipeds that feed on a larger variety of
                prey. Furthermore, complete recovery of a bivalve mollusk population
                may take 10 years or more, forcing walruses to find other food
                resources or move to nontraditional areas.
                 The relatively few walruses in the Beaufort Sea and the low
                potential for a large oil spill (1,000 bbl or more), which is discussed
                in the following Risk Assessment Analysis, limit potential impacts to
                walruses to only certain events (i.e., a large oil spill), which is
                further limited to only a handful of individuals. Fueling crews have
                personnel that are trained to handle operational spills and contain
                them. If a small offshore spill occurs, spill response vessels are
                stationed in close proximity and respond immediately.
                Polar Bear
                 To date, large oil spills from Industry activities in the Beaufort
                Sea and coastal regions that would impact polar bears have not
                occurred, although the interest in and the development of offshore
                hydrocarbon reservoirs has increased the potential for large offshore
                oil spills. With limited background information available regarding oil
                spills in the Arctic environment, the outcome of such a spill is
                uncertain. For example, in the event of a large spill equal to a
                rupture in the Northstar pipeline and a complete drain of the subsea
                portion of the pipeline (approximately 5,900 bbl), oil would be
                influenced by seasonal weather and sea conditions including
                temperature, winds, wave action, and currents. Weather and sea
                conditions
                [[Page 43035]]
                also affect the type of equipment needed for spill response and the
                effectiveness of spill cleanup. Based on the experiences of cleanup
                efforts following the Exxon Valdez oil spill, where logistical support
                was readily available, spill response may be largely unsuccessful in
                open-water conditions. Indeed, spill response drills have been
                unsuccessful in the cleanup of oil in broken-ice conditions.
                 Small spills of oil or waste products throughout the year have the
                potential to impact some bears. The effects of fouling fur or ingesting
                oil or wastes, depending on the amount of oil or wastes involved, could
                be short term or result in death. For example, in April 1988, a dead
                polar bear was found on Leavitt Island, northeast of Oliktok Point. The
                cause of death was determined to be a mixture that included ethylene
                glycol and Rhodamine B dye (Amstrup et al. 1989). Again, in 2012, two
                dead polar bears that had been exposed to Rhodamine B were found on
                Narwhal Island, northwest of Endicott. While those bears' deaths were
                clearly human-caused, investigations were unable to identify a source
                for the chemicals. Rhodamine B is commonly used on the North Slope of
                Alaska by many people for many uses, including Industry. Without
                identified sources of contamination, those bear deaths cannot be
                attributed to Industry activity.
                 During the ice-covered season, mobile, non-denning bears would have
                a higher probability of encountering oil or other production wastes
                than non-mobile, denning females. Current management practices by
                Industry, such as requiring the proper use, storage, and disposal of
                hazardous materials, minimize the potential occurrence of such
                incidents. In the event of an oil spill, it is also likely that polar
                bears would be intentionally hazed to keep them away from the area,
                further reducing the likelihood of impacting the population.
                 In 1980, Oritsland et al. (1981) performed experiments in Canada
                that studied the effects of oil exposure on polar bears. Effects on
                experimentally oiled bears (where bears were forced to remain in oil
                for prolonged periods of time) included acute inflammation of the nasal
                passages, marked epidermal responses, anemia, anorexia, and biochemical
                changes indicative of stress, renal impairment, and death. Many effects
                did not become evident until several weeks after the experiment.
                 Oiling of the pelt causes significant thermoregulatory problems by
                reducing insulation value. Irritation or damage to the skin by oil may
                further contribute to impaired thermoregulation. Experiments on live
                polar bears and pelts showed that the thermal value of the fur
                decreased significantly after oiling, and oiled bears showed increased
                metabolic rates and elevated skin temperature. Oiled bears are also
                likely to ingest oil as they groom to restore the insulation value of
                the oiled fur.
                 Oil ingestion by polar bears through consumption of contaminated
                prey, and by grooming or nursing, could have pathological effects
                depending on the amount of oil ingested and the individual's
                physiological state. Death could occur if a large amount of oil was
                ingested or if volatile components of oil were aspirated into the
                lungs. In the Canadian experiment (Ortisland et al. 1981), two of three
                bears died. A suspected contributing factor to their deaths was
                ingestion of oil. Experimentally oiled bears ingested large amounts of
                oil through grooming. Much of the oil was eliminated by vomiting and
                defecating; some was absorbed and later found in body fluids and
                tissues.
                 Ingestion of sublethal amounts of oil can have various
                physiological effects on polar bears, depending on whether the animal
                is able to excrete or detoxify the hydrocarbons. Petroleum hydrocarbons
                irritate or destroy epithelial cells lining the stomach and intestine,
                thereby affecting motility, digestion, and absorption.
                 Polar bears swimming in or walking adjacent to an oil spill could
                inhale toxic, volatile organic compounds from petroleum vapors. Vapor
                inhalation by polar bears could result in damage to the respiratory and
                central nervous systems depending on the amount of exposure.
                 Oil may also affect food sources of polar bears. Seals that die as
                a result of an oil spill could be scavenged by polar bears. This food
                source would increase exposure of the bears to hydrocarbons and could
                result in lethal impacts or reduced survival to individual bears. A
                local reduction in ringed seal numbers as a result of direct or
                indirect effects of oil could temporarily affect the local distribution
                of polar bears. A reduction in density of seals as a direct result of
                mortality from contact with spilled oil could result in polar bears not
                using a particular area for hunting. Further, possible impacts from the
                loss of a food source could reduce recruitment and/or survival.
                 Spilled oil can concentrate and accumulate in leads and openings
                that occur during spring break-up and autumn freeze-up periods. Such a
                concentration of spilled oil would increase the likelihood that polar
                bears and their principal prey would be oiled. To access ringed and
                bearded seals, polar bears in the SBS concentrate in shallow waters
                less than 300 m (984 ft) deep over the continental shelf and in areas
                with greater than 50 percent ice cover (Durner et al. 2004).
                 Due to their seasonal use of nearshore habitat, the times of
                greatest impact from an oil spill to polar bears are likely the open-
                water and broken-ice periods (summer and fall), extending into the ice-
                covered season (Wilson et al. 2018). This scenario is important because
                distributions of polar bears are not uniform through time. Nearshore
                and offshore polar bear densities are greatest in fall, and polar bear
                use of coastal areas during the fall open-water period has increased in
                recent years in the Beaufort Sea. An analysis of data collected from
                the period 2001-2005 during the fall open-water period concluded: (1)
                On average approximately 4 percent of the estimated polar bears in the
                Southern Beaufort Sea stock were observed onshore in the fall; (2) 80
                percent of bears onshore occurred within 15 km (9 mi) of subsistence-
                harvested bowhead whale carcasses, where large congregations of polar
                bears have been observed feeding; and (3) sea-ice conditions affected
                the number of bears on land and the duration of time they spent there
                (Schliebe et al. 2006). Hence, bears concentrated in areas where beach-
                cast marine mammal carcasses occur during the fall would likely be more
                susceptible to oiling.
                 Wilson et al. (2018) analyzed the potential effects of a ``worst
                case discharge'' (WCD) on polar bears in the Chukchi Sea. Their WCD
                scenario was based on an Industry oil spill response plan for offshore
                development in the region and represented underwater blowouts releasing
                25,000 bbls of crude oil per day for 30 days beginning in October. The
                results of this analysis suggested that between 5 and 40 percent of a
                stock of 2,000 polar bears in the Chukchi Sea could be exposed to oil
                if a WCD occurred. A similar analysis has not been conducted for the
                Beaufort Sea; however, given the extremely low probability (i.e.,
                0.0001) that an unmitigated WCD event would occur (BOEM 2016, Wilson et
                al. 2017), the likelihood of such effects on polar bears in the
                Beaufort Sea is extremely low.
                 The persistence of toxic subsurface oil and chronic exposures, even
                at sublethal levels, can have long-term effects on wildlife (Peterson
                et al. 2003). Exposure to PAHs can have chronic effects because some
                effects are sublethal (e.g., enzyme induction or
                [[Page 43036]]
                immune impairment) or delayed (e.g., cancer). Although it is true that
                some bears may be directly affected by spilled oil initially, the long-
                term impact could be much greater. Long-term effects could be
                substantial through complex environmental interactions--compromising
                the health of exposed animals. For example, PAHs can impact the food
                web by concentrating in filter-feeding organisms, thus affecting fish
                that feed on those organisms, and the predators of those fish, such as
                the ringed seals that polar bears prey upon. How these complex
                interactions would affect polar bears is not well understood, but
                sublethal, chronic effects of an oil spill may affect the polar bear
                population due to reduced fitness of surviving animals.
                 Polar bears are biological sinks for some pollutants, such as
                polychlorinated biphenyls or organochlorine pesticides, because polar
                bears are an apex predator of the Arctic ecosystem and are also
                opportunistic scavengers of other marine mammals. Additionally, their
                diet is composed mostly of high-fat sealskin and blubber (Norstrom et
                al. 1988). The highest concentrations of persistent organic pollutants
                in Arctic marine mammals have been found in seal-eating walruses and
                polar bears near Svalbard (Norstrom et al. 1988, Andersen et al. 2001,
                Muir et al. 1999). As such, polar bears would be susceptible to the
                effects of bioaccumulation of contaminants, which could affect their
                reproduction, survival, and immune systems.
                 In addition, subadult polar bears are more vulnerable than adults
                to environmental effects (Taylor et al. 1987). Therefore, subadults
                would be most prone to the lethal and sublethal effects of an oil spill
                due to their proclivity for scavenging (thus increasing their exposure
                to oiled marine mammals) and their inexperience in hunting. Due to the
                greater maternal investment a weaned subadult represents, reduced
                survival rates of subadult polar bears have a greater impact on
                population growth rate and sustainable harvest than reduced litter
                production rates (Taylor et al. 1987).
                 Evaluation of the potential impacts of spilled Industry waste
                products and oil suggest that individual bears could be adversely
                impacted by exposure to these substances (Oritsland et al. 1981). The
                major concern regarding a large oil spill is the impact such a spill
                would have on the rates of recruitment and survival of the SBS polar
                bear stock. Polar bear deaths from an oil spill could be caused by
                direct exposure to the oil. However, indirect effects, such as a
                reduction of prey or scavenging contaminated carcasses, could also
                cause health effects, death, or otherwise affect rates of recruitment
                and survival. Depending on the type and amount of oil or wastes
                involved and the timing and location of a spill, impacts could be
                acute, chronic, temporary, or lethal. For the rates of polar bear
                reproduction, recruitment, or survival to be impacted, a large-volume
                oil spill would have to take place. The following section analyzes the
                likelihood and potential effects of such a large-volume oil spill.
                Risk Assessment of Potential Effects Upon Polar Bears From a Large Oil
                Spill in the Beaufort Sea
                 In this section, we qualitatively assess the likelihood that polar
                bear populations on the North Slope may be affected by large oil
                spills. We considered: (1) The probability of a large oil spill
                occurring in the Beaufort Sea; (2) the probability of that oil spill
                impacting coastal polar bear habitat; (3) the probability of polar
                bears being in the area and coming into contact with that large oil
                spill; and (4) the number of polar bears that could potentially be
                impacted by the spill. Although most of the information in this
                evaluation is qualitative, the probability of all factors occurring
                sequentially in a manner that impacts polar bears in the Beaufort Sea
                is low. Since walruses are not often found in the Beaufort Sea, and
                there is little information available regarding the potential effects
                of an oil spill upon walruses, this analysis emphasizes polar bears.
                 The analysis was based on polar bear distribution and habitat use
                using four sources of information that, when combined, allowed the
                Service to make conclusions on the risk of oil spills to polar bears.
                This information included: (1) The description of existing offshore oil
                and gas production facilities previously discussed in the Description
                of Activities section; (2) polar bear distribution information
                previously discussed in the Biological Information section; (3) BOEM
                Oil-Spill Risk Analysis (OSRA) for the OCS (Li and Smith 2020),
                including polar bear environmental resource areas (ERAs) and land
                segments (LSs); and (4) the most recent polar bear risk assessment from
                the previous ITRs.
                 Development of offshore production facilities with supporting
                pipelines increases the potential for large offshore spills. The
                probability of a large oil spill from offshore oil and gas facilities
                and the risk to polar bears is a scenario that has been considered in
                previous regulations (71 FR 43926, August 2, 2006; 76 FR 47010, August
                3, 2011; 81 FR 52275, August 5, 2016). Although there is a slowly
                growing body of scientific literature (e.g., Amstrup et al. 2006,
                Wilson et al. 2017), the background information available regarding the
                effects of large oil spills on polar bears in the marine arctic
                environment is still limited, and thus the impact of a large oil spill
                is uncertain. As far as is known, polar bears have not been affected by
                oil spilled as a result of North Slope Industry activities.
                 The oil-spill scenarios for this analysis include the potential
                impacts of a large oil spill (i.e., 1,000 bbl or more) from one of the
                offshore Industry facilities: Northstar, Spy Island, Oooguruk,
                Endicott, or the future Liberty. Estimating a large oil-spill
                occurrence is accomplished by examining a variety of factors and
                associated uncertainty, including location, number, and size of a large
                oil spill and the wind, ice, and current conditions at the time of a
                spill.
                BOEM Oil Spill Risk Analysis
                 Because the BOEM OSRA provides the most current and rigorous
                treatment of potential oil spills in the Beaufort Sea Planning Area,
                our analysis of potential oil spill impacts applied the results of
                BOEM's OSRA (Li and Smith 2020) to help analyze potential impacts of a
                large oil spill originating in the Beaufort Sea ITR region to polar
                bears. The OSRA quantitatively assesses how and where large offshore
                spills will likely move by modeling effects of the physical
                environment, including wind, sea-ice, and currents, on spilled oil.
                (Smith et al. 1982, Amstrup et al. 2006a).
                 A previous OSRA estimated that the mean number of large spills is
                less than one over the 20-year life of past, present, and reasonably
                foreseeable developments in the Beaufort Sea Planning Area (Johnson et
                al. 2002). In addition, large spills are more likely to occur during
                development and production than during exploration in the Arctic (MMS
                2008). Our oil spill assessment during a 5-year regulatory period is
                predicated on the same assumptions.
                Trajectory Estimates of Large Offshore Oil Spills
                 Although it is reasonable to conclude that the chance of one or
                more large spills occurring during the period of these regulations on
                the Alaskan OCS from production activities is low, for analysis
                purposes, we assume that a large spill does occur in order to evaluate
                potential impacts to polar bears. The BOEM OSRA modeled the
                trajectories of 3,240 oil spills from 581
                [[Page 43037]]
                possible launch points in relation to the shoreline and biological,
                physical, and sociocultural resource areas specific to the Beaufort
                Sea. The chance that a large oil spill will contact a specific ERA of
                concern within a given time of travel from a certain location (launch
                area or pipeline segment) is termed a ``conditional probability.''
                Conditional probabilities assume that no cleanup activities take place
                and there are no efforts to contain the spill.
                 We used two BOEM launch areas (LAs), LA 2 and LA 3, and one
                pipeline segment (PL), PL 2, from Appendix A of the OSRA (Figure A-2;
                Li and Smith 2020) to represent the oil spills moving from hypothetical
                offshore areas. These LAs and PLs were selected because of their
                proximity to current and proposed offshore facilities.
                Oil-Spill-Trajectory Model Assumptions
                 For purposes of its oil spill trajectory simulation, BOEM made the
                following assumptions: All spills occur instantaneously; large oil
                spills occur in the hypothetical origin areas or along the hypothetical
                PLs noted above; large spills do not weather (i.e., become degraded by
                weather conditions) for purposes of trajectory analysis; weathering is
                calculated separately; the model does not simulate cleanup scenarios;
                the oil spill trajectories move as though no oil spill response action
                is taken; and large oil spills stop when they contact the mainland
                coastline.
                Analysis of the Conditional Probability Results
                 As noted above, the chance that a large oil spill will contact a
                specific ERA of concern within a given time of travel from a certain
                location (LA or PL), assuming a large spill occurs and that no cleanup
                takes place, is termed a ``conditional probability.'' From the OSRA,
                Appendix B, we chose ERAs and land segments (LSs) to represent areas of
                concern pertinent to polar bears (MMS 2008a). Those ERAs and LSs and
                the conditional probabilities that a large oil spill originating from
                the selected LAs or PLs could affect those ERAs and LSs are presented
                in a supplementary table titled ``Conditional Oil Spill Probabilities''
                that can be found on http://www.regulations.gov under Docket No. FWS-
                R7-ES-2021-0037. From the information in this table, we note the
                highest chance of contact and the range of chances of contact that
                could occur should a large spill occur from LAs or PLs.
                 Polar bears are vulnerable to a large oil spill during the open-
                water period when bears form aggregations onshore. In the Beaufort Sea,
                these aggregations often form in the fall near subsistence-harvested
                bowhead whale carcasses. Specific aggregation areas include Point
                Utqigvik, Cross Island, and Kaktovik. In recent years, more than 60
                polar bears have been observed feeding on whale carcasses just outside
                of Kaktovik, and in the autumn of 2002, North Slope Borough and Service
                biologists documented more than 100 polar bears in and around Utqigvik.
                In order for significant impacts to polar bears to occur, (1) a large
                oil spill would have to occur, (2) oil would have to contact an area
                where polar bears aggregate, and (3) the aggregation of polar bears
                would have to occur at the same time as the spill. The risk of all
                three of these events occurring simultaneously is low.
                 We identified polar bear aggregations in environmental resource
                areas and non-grouped land segments (ERA 55, 93, 95, 96, 100; LS 85,
                102, 107). The OSRA estimates the chance of contacting these
                aggregations is 18 percent or less (see Table 1, ``Conditional Oil
                Spill Probabilities,'' in the Supporting and Related Material in Docket
                No. FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037). The OSRA estimates for LA 2 and LA 3 have the
                highest chance of a large spill contacting ERA 96 in summer (Midway,
                Cross, and Bartlett islands). Some polar bears will aggregate at these
                islands during August-October (3-month period). If a large oil spill
                occurred and contacted those aggregation sites outside of the timeframe
                of use by polar bears, potential impacts to polar bears would be
                reduced.
                 Coastal areas provide important denning habitat for polar bears,
                such as the ANWR and nearshore barrier islands (containing tundra
                habitat) (Amstrup 1993, Amstrup and Gardner 1994, Durner et al. 2006,
                USFWS unpubl. data). Considering that 65 percent of confirmed
                terrestrial dens found in Alaska in the period 1981-2005 were on
                coastal or island bluffs (Durner et al. 2006), oiling of such habitats
                could have negative effects on polar bears, although the specific
                nature and ramifications of such effects are unknown.
                 Assuming a large oil spill occurs, tundra relief barrier islands
                (ERA 92, 93, and 94, LS 97 and 102) have up to an 18 percent chance of
                a large spill contacting them from PL 2. The OSRA estimates suggest
                that there is a 12 percent chance that oil would contact the coastline
                of the ANWR (GLS 166). The Kaktovik area (ERA 95 and 100, LS 107) has
                up to a one percent chance of a spill contacting the coastline. The
                chance of a spill contacting the coast near Utqiagvik (ERA 55, LS 85)
                would be as high as 15 percent (see Table 1, ``Conditional Oil Spill
                Probabilities,'' in the Supporting and Related Material in Docket No.
                FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037).
                 All barrier islands are important resting and travel corridors for
                polar bears, and larger barrier islands that contain tundra relief are
                also important denning habitat. Tundra-bearing barrier islands within
                the geographic region and near oilfield development are the Jones
                Island group of Pingok, Bertoncini, Bodfish, Cottle, Howe, Foggy,
                Tigvariak, and Flaxman Islands. In addition, Cross Island has gravel
                relief where polar bears have denned. The Jones Island group is located
                in ERA 92 and LS 97. If a spill were to originate from an LA 2 pipeline
                segment during the summer months, the probability that this spill would
                contact these land segments could be as great as 15 percent. The
                probability that a spill from LA 3 would contact the Jones Island group
                would range from 1 percent to as high as 12 percent. Likewise, for PL
                2, the range would be from 3 percent to as high as 12 percent.
                Risk Assessment From Prior ITRs
                 In previous ITRs, we used a risk assessment method that considered
                oil spill probability estimates for two sites (Northstar and Liberty),
                oil spill trajectory models, and a polar bear distribution model based
                on location of satellite-collared females during September and October
                (68 FR 66744, November 28, 2003; 71 FR 43926, August 2, 2006; 76 FR
                47010, August 3, 2011; and 81 FR 52275, August 5, 2016). To support the
                analysis for this action, we reviewed the previous analysis and used
                the data to compare the potential effects of a large oil spill in a
                nearshore production facility (less than 5 mi), such as Liberty, and a
                facility located further offshore, such as Northstar. Even though the
                risk assessment of 2006 did not specifically model spills from the
                Oooguruk or Nikaitchuq sites, we believe it was reasonable to assume
                that the analysis for Liberty and indirectly, Northstar, adequately
                reflected the potential impacts likely to occur from an oil spill at
                either of these additional locations due to the similarity in the
                nearshore locations.
                Methodology of Prior Risk Assessment
                 The first step of the risk assessment analysis was to examine oil
                spill probabilities at offshore production sites for the summer (July-
                October) and winter (November-June) seasons based on information
                developed for the original Northstar and Liberty EISs. We assumed that
                one large spill occurred during the 5-year period covered by the
                regulations. A detailed description of the methodology can be found at
                71 FR
                [[Page 43038]]
                43926 (August 2, 2006). The second step in the risk assessment was to
                estimate the number of polar bears that could be impacted by a large
                spill. All modeled polar bear grid cell locations that were intersected
                by one or more cells of a rasterized spill path (a modeled group of
                hundreds of oil particles forming a trajectory and pushed by winds and
                currents and impeded by ice) were considered ``oiled'' by a spill. For
                purposes of the analysis, if a bear contacted oil, the contact was
                assumed to be lethal. This analysis involved estimating the
                distribution of bears that could be in the area and overlapping polar
                bear distributions and seasonal aggregations with oil spill
                trajectories. The trajectories previously calculated for Northstar and
                Liberty sites were used. The trajectories for Northstar and Liberty
                were provided by the BOEM and were reported in Amstrup et al. (2006a).
                BOEM estimated probable sizes of oil spills from a pinhole leak to a
                rupture in the transportation pipeline. These spill sizes ranged from a
                minimum of 125 to a catastrophic release event of 5,912 bbl.
                Researchers set the size of the modeled spill at the scenario of 5,912
                bbl caused by a pinhole or small leak for 60 days under ice without
                detection.
                 The second step of the risk assessment analysis incorporated polar
                bear densities overlapped with the oil spill trajectories. To
                accomplish this, in 2004, USGS completed an analysis investigating the
                potential effects of hypothetical oil spills on polar bears. Movement
                and distribution information were derived from radio and satellite
                locations of collared adult females. Density estimates were used to
                determine the distribution of polar bears in the Beaufort Sea.
                Researchers then created a grid system centered over the Northstar
                production island and the Liberty site to estimate the number of bears
                expected to occur within each 1-km\2\ grid cell. Each of the simulated
                oil spills were overlaid with the polar bear distribution grid.
                Finally, the likelihood of occurrence of bears oiled during the
                duration of the 5-year ITRs was estimated. This likelihood was
                calculated by multiplying the number of polar bears oiled by the spill
                by the percentage of time bears were at risk for each period of the
                year.
                 In summary, the maximum numbers of bears potentially oiled by a
                5,912-bbl spill during the September open-water season from Northstar
                was 27, and the maximum from Liberty was 23, assuming a large oil spill
                occurred and no cleanup or mitigation measures took place. Potentially
                oiled polar bears ranged up to 74 bears with up to 55 bears during
                October in mixed-ice conditions for Northstar and Liberty,
                respectively. Median number of bears oiled by the 5,912-bbl spill from
                the Northstar simulation site in September and October were 3 and 11
                bears, respectively. Median numbers of bears oiled from the Liberty
                simulation site for September and October were 1 and 3 bears,
                respectively. Variation occurred among oil spill scenarios, resulting
                from differences in oil spill trajectories among those scenarios and
                not the result of variation in the estimated bear densities. For
                example, in October, 75 percent of trajectories from the 5,912-bbl
                spill affected 20 or fewer polar bears from spills originating at the
                Northstar simulation site and 9 or fewer bears from spills originating
                at the Liberty simulation site.
                 When calculating the probability that a 5,912-bbl spill would oil
                five or more bears during the annual fall period, we found that oil
                spills and trajectories were more likely to affect fewer than five
                bears versus more than five bears. Thus, for Northstar, the chance that
                a 5,912-bbl oil spill affected (resulting in mortality) 5 or more bears
                was 1.0-3.4 percent; 10 or more bears was 0.7-2.3 percent; and 20 or
                more bears was 0.2-0.8 percent. For Liberty, the probability of a spill
                that would affect 5 or more bears was 0.3-7.4 percent; 10 or more
                bears, 0.1-0.4 percent; and 20 or more bears, 0.1-0.2 percent.
                Discussion of Prior Risk Assessment
                 Based on the simulations, a nearshore island production site (less
                than 5 mi from shore) would potentially involve less risk of polar
                bears being oiled than a facility located farther offshore (greater
                than 5 mi). For any spill event, seasonality of habitat use by bears
                will be an important variable in assessing risk to polar bears. During
                the fall season when a portion of the SBS bear stock aggregate on
                terrestrial sites and use barrier islands for travel corridors, spill
                events from nearshore industrial facilities may pose more chance of
                exposing bears to oil due to its persistence in the nearshore
                environment. Conversely, during the ice-covered and summer seasons,
                Industry facilities located farther offshore (greater than 5 mi) may
                increase the chance of bears being exposed to oil as bears will be
                associated with the ice habitat.
                Conclusion of Risk Assessment
                 To date, documented oil spill-related impacts in the marine
                environment to polar bears in the Beaufort Sea by the oil and gas
                Industry are minimal. No large spills by Industry in the marine
                environment have occurred in Arctic Alaska. Nevertheless, the
                possibility of oil spills from Industry activities and the subsequent
                impacts on polar bears that contact oil remain a major concern.
                 There has been much discussion about effective techniques for
                containing, recovering, and cleaning up oil spills in Arctic marine
                environments, particularly the concern that effective oil spill cleanup
                during poor weather and broken-ice conditions has not been proven.
                Given this uncertainty, limiting the likelihood of a large oil spill
                becomes an even more important consideration. Industry oil spill
                contingency plans describe methodologies put in place to prevent a
                spill from occurring. For example, all current offshore production
                facilities have spill containment systems in place at the well heads.
                In the event an oil discharge should occur, containment systems are
                designed to collect the oil before it makes contact with the
                environment.
                 With the limited background information available regarding oil
                spills in the Arctic environment, it is unknown what the outcome of
                such a spill event would be if one were to occur. For example, polar
                bears could encounter oil spills during the open-water and ice-covered
                seasons in offshore or onshore habitat. Although most polar bears in
                the SBS stock spend a large amount of their time offshore on the pack
                ice, it is likely that some bears would encounter oil from a large
                spill that persisted for 30 days or more.
                 An analysis of the potential effects of a ``worst case discharge''
                (WCD) on polar bears in the Chukchi Sea suggested that between 5 and 40
                percent of a stock of 2,000 polar bears could be exposed to oil if a
                WCD occurred (Wilson et al. 2017). A similar analysis has not been
                conducted for the Beaufort Sea; however, given the extremely low
                probability (i.e., 0.0001) that an unmitigated WCD event would occur
                (BOEM 2015, Wilson et al. 2017), the likelihood of such effects on
                polar bears in the Beaufort Sea is extremely low.
                 Although the extent of impacts from a large oil spill would depend
                on the size, location, and timing of spills relative to polar bear
                distributions along with the effectiveness of spill response and
                cleanup efforts, under some scenarios, stock-level impacts could be
                expected. A large spill originating from a marine oil platform could
                have significant impacts on polar bears if an oil spill contacted an
                aggregation of polar bears. Likewise, a spill occurring during the
                broken-ice period could significantly impact the SBS polar bear stock
                in part because polar bears may be more active during this season.
                [[Page 43039]]
                 If an offshore oil spill contaminated numerous bears, a potentially
                significant impact to the SBS stock could result. This effect would be
                magnified in and around areas of polar bear aggregations. Bears could
                also be affected indirectly either by food contamination or by chronic
                lasting effects caused by exposure to oil. During the 5-year period of
                these regulations, however, the chance of a large spill occurring is
                low.
                 While there is uncertainty in the analysis, certain factors must
                align for polar bears to be impacted by a large oil spill occurring in
                the marine environment. First, a large spill must occur. Second, the
                large spill must contaminate areas where bears may be located. Third,
                polar bears must be seasonally distributed within the affected region
                when the oil is present. Assuming a large spill occurs, BOEM's OSRA
                estimated that there is up to a 6 percent chance that a large spill
                from the analyzed sites would contact Cross Island (ERA 96) within 360
                days, as much as a 12 percent chance that it would contact Barter
                Island and/or the coast of the ANWR (ERA 95 and 100, LS 107, and GLS
                166), and up to a 15 percent chance that an oil spill would contact the
                coast near Utqigvik (ERA 55, LS 85) during the summer time period. Data
                from polar bear coastal surveys indicate that polar bears are unevenly
                and seasonally distributed along the coastal areas of the Beaufort Sea
                ITR region. Seasonally, only a portion of the SBS stock utilizes the
                coastline between the Alaska-Canada border and Utqiagvik and only a
                portion of those bears could be in the oil-spill-affected region.
                 As a result of the information considered here, the Service
                concludes that the likelihood of an offshore spill from an offshore
                production facility in the next 5 years is low. Moreover, in the
                unlikely event of a large spill, the likelihood that spills would
                contaminate areas occupied by large numbers of bears is low. While
                individual bears could be negatively affected by a spill, the potential
                for a stock-level effect is low unless the spill contacted an area
                where large numbers of polar bears were gathered. Known polar bear
                aggregations tend to be seasonal during the fall, further minimizing
                the potential of a spill to impact the stock. Therefore, we conclude
                that the likelihood of a large spill occurring is low, but if a large
                spill does occur, the likelihood that it would contaminate areas
                occupied by large numbers of polar bears is also low. If a large spill
                does occur, we conclude that only small numbers of polar bears are
                likely to be affected, though some bears may be killed, and there would
                be only a negligible impact to the SBS stock.
                Take Estimates for Pacific Walruses and Polar Bears
                Small Numbers Determinations and Findings
                 The following analysis concludes that only small numbers of
                walruses and polar bears are likely to be subjected to take incidental
                to the described Industry activities relative to their respective
                stocks. For our small numbers determination, we consider whether the
                estimated number of marine mammals to be subjected to incidental take
                is small relative to the population size of the species or stock.
                 1. The estimated number of walruses and polar bears that will be
                harassed by Industry activity is small relative to the number of
                animals in their stocks.
                 As stated previously, walruses are extralimital in the Beaufort Sea
                with nearly the entire walrus population found in the Chukchi and
                Bering Seas. Industry monitoring reports have observed no more than 38
                walruses between 1995 and 2015, with only a few observed instances of
                disturbance to those walruses (AES Alaska 2015, USFWS unpublished
                data). Between those years, Industry walrus observations in the
                Beaufort Sea ITR region averaged approximately two walruses per year,
                although the actual observations were of a single or two animals, often
                separated by several years. At most, only a tiny fraction of the
                Pacific walrus population--which is comprised of hundreds of thousands
                of animals--may be found in areas potentially affected by AOGA's
                specified activities. We do not anticipate that seasonal movements of a
                few walruses into the Beaufort Sea will significantly increase over the
                5-year period of this ITR. The estimated take of 15 Pacific walruses
                per year from a population numbering approximately 283,213 animals
                represents 0.005 percent of that population. We therefore find that the
                Industry activities specified in AOGA's Request would result in only a
                small number of incidental harassments of walruses.
                 The Beaufort Sea ITR region is completely within the range of the
                SBS stock of polar bears, and during some portions of the year polar
                bears can be frequently encountered by Industry. From 2014 through
                2018, Industry made 1,166 reports of polar bears comprising 1,698
                bears. However, when we evaluated the effects upon the 1,698 bears
                observed, we found that 84 percent (1,434) did not result in take. Over
                those 5 years, Level B harassments of polar bears totaled 264,
                approximately 15.5 percent of the observed bears. No other forms of
                take or harassment were observed. Annually an average of 340 polar
                bears were observed during Industry activities. The number of Level B
                harassment events has averaged 53 per year from 2014 to 2018. We
                conclude that over the 5-year period of this ITR, Industry activities
                will result in a similarly small number of incidental harassments of
                polar bears, and that those events will be similarly limited to Level B
                harassment.
                 Based on this information derived from Industry observations, along
                with the results of the Service's own predictive modeling analysis
                described above, we estimate that there will be no more than 443 Level
                B harassment takes of polar bears during the 5-year period of this ITR,
                with no more than 92 occurring within a single year. Conservatively
                assuming that each estimates take will accrue to a different individual
                polar bear, we note that take of 92 animals is 10.14 percent of the
                best available estimate of the current stock size of 907 animals in the
                Southern Beaufort Sea stock (Bromaghin et al. 2015, Atwood et al. 2020)
                ((92 / 907) x 100 [ap] 10.14), and find that this proportion represents
                a ``small number'' of polar bears of that stock. The incidental Level B
                harassment of no more than 92 polar bears each year is unlikely to lead
                to significant consequences for the health, reproduction, or survival
                of affected animals. All takes are anticipated to be incidental Level B
                harassment involving short-term and temporary changes in bear behavior.
                The required mitigation and monitoring measures described in the
                regulations are expected to prevent any lethal or injurious takes.
                 2. Within the specified geographical region, the area of Industry
                activity is expected to be small relative to the range of walruses and
                polar bears.
                 Walruses and polar bears range well beyond the boundaries of the
                Beaufort Sea ITR region. As such, the ITR region itself represents only
                a subset of the potential area in which these species may occur.
                Further, only seven percent of the ITR area (518,800 ha of 7.9 million
                ha) is estimated to be impacted by the proposed Industry activities,
                even accounting for a disturbance zone surrounding industrial facility
                and transit routes. Thus, the Service concludes that the area of
                Industry activity will be relatively small compared to the range of
                walruses and polar bears.
                [[Page 43040]]
                Conclusion
                 We expect that only small numbers of Pacific walruses and SBS polar
                bears stocks would be taken by the Industry activities specified in
                AOGA's Request because: (1) Walruses are extralimital in the Beaufort
                Sea and SBS polar bears are widely distributed throughout their
                expansive range, which encompasses areas beyond the Beaufort Sea ITR
                region, meaning only a small proportion of the walrus or polar bear
                stocks will occur in the areas where Industry activities will occur;
                and (2) the estimated number of walruses and polar bears that could be
                impacted by the specified activities is small relative the size of the
                species (walruses) or stock (polar bears).
                Negligible Impacts Determination and Finding
                 Based on the best scientific information available, the results of
                Industry monitoring data from the previous ITRs, the review of the
                information generated by the listing of the polar bear as a threatened
                species and the designation of polar bear critical habitat, the results
                of our modeling assessments, and the status of the species and stocks,
                we find that the incidental take we have estimated to occur and
                authorize through this ITR will have no more than a negligible impact
                on walruses and polar bears. We do not expect that the total of these
                disturbances will individually or collectively affect rates of
                recruitment or survival for walruses or polar bears. Factors considered
                in our negligible impacts determination include:
                 1. The behavior and distribution of walruses and polar bears in
                areas that overlap with Industry activities are expected to limit
                interactions of walruses and polar bears with those activities.
                 The distribution and habitat use patterns of walruses and polar
                bears indicate that relatively few animals will occur in the proposed
                areas of Industry activity at any particular time, and therefore, few
                animals are likely to be affected. As discussed previously, only small
                numbers of walruses are likely to be found in the Beaufort Sea where
                and when offshore Industry activities are proposed. Likewise, SBS polar
                bears are widely distributed across a range that is much greater than
                the geographic scope of the ITR, are most often closely associated with
                pack ice, and are unlikely to interact with the open water industrial
                activities specified in AOGA's Request, much less the majority of
                activities that would occur onshore.
                 2. The predicted effects of Industry activities on walruses and
                polar bears will be incidental nonlethal, temporary takes of animals.
                 The documented impacts of previous Industry activities on walruses
                and polar bears, taking into consideration cumulative effects, suggests
                that the types of activities analyzed for this ITR will have minimal
                effects and will be short-term, temporary behavioral changes. The vast
                majority of reported polar bear observations have been of polar bears
                moving through the Beaufort Sea ITR region, undisturbed by the Industry
                activity.
                 3. The footprint of the proposed Industry activities is expected to
                be small relative to the range of the walrus and polar bear stocks.
                 The relatively small area of Industry activity compared to the
                ranges of walruses and polar bears will reduce the potential of their
                exposure to and disturbance from Industry activities.
                 4. The type of harassment that is estimated is not expected to have
                effects on annual rates of recruitment of survival.
                 The Service does not anticipate any lethal or injurious take that
                would remove individual polar bears or Pacific walruses from the
                population or prevent their successful reproduction. In fact, the
                majority of the Service's model runs result in no serious injury Level
                A harassment or lethal takes and the median of the model runs is 0.0.
                Level B harassment events lead only to short-term, non-injurious
                behavioral disturbances that do not reduce the affected animals'
                probability of surviving or reproducing. These disturbances would not,
                therefore, affect the rates of recruitment or survival for the walrus
                and polar bear stocks. These regulations do not authorize lethal take,
                and we do not anticipate any lethal take will occur.
                 5. Mitigation measures will limit potential effects of Industry
                activities.
                 Under this regulation, holders of an LOA will be required to adopt
                monitoring requirements and mitigation measures designed to reduce the
                potential impacts of their operations on walruses and polar bears.
                Seasonal restrictions, early detection monitoring programs, den
                detection surveys for polar bears, and adaptive mitigation and
                management responses based on real-time monitoring information
                (described in these regulations) will be used to avoid or minimize
                interactions with walruses and polar bears and, therefore, limit
                potential Industry disturbance of these animals.
                 In making this finding, we considered the following: The
                distribution of the species; the biological characteristics of the
                species; the nature of Industry activities; the potential effects of
                Industry activities and potential oil spills on the species; the
                probability of oil spills occurring; the documented impacts of Industry
                activities on the species, taking into consideration cumulative
                effects; the potential impacts of climate change, where both walruses
                and polar bears can potentially be displaced from preferred habitat;
                mitigation measures designed to minimize Industry impacts through
                adaptive management; and other data provided by Industry monitoring
                programs in the Beaufort and Chukchi Seas.
                 We also considered the specific Congressional direction in
                balancing the potential for a significant impact with the likelihood of
                that event occurring. The Service has previously explained that
                Congressional direction that justifies balancing probabilities with
                impacts follows:
                 If potential effects of a specified activity are conjectural or
                speculative, a finding of negligible impact may be appropriate. A
                finding of negligible impact may also be appropriate if the
                probability of occurrence is low but the potential effects may be
                significant. In this case, the probability of occurrence of impacts
                must be balanced with the potential severity of harm to the species
                or stock when determining negligible impact. In applying this
                balancing test, the Service will thoroughly evaluate the risks
                involved and the potential impacts on marine mammal populations.
                Such determination will be made based on the best available
                scientific information (53 FR 8474, March 15, 1988; accord 132 Cong.
                Rec. S 16305 (October. 15, 1986)).
                 We reviewed the effects of the oil and gas Industry activities on
                walruses and polar bears, including impacts from surface interactions,
                aircraft overflights, maritime activities, and oil spills. Based on our
                review of these potential impacts, past LOA monitoring reports, and the
                biology and natural history of walrus and polar bear, we conclude that
                any incidental take reasonably likely to occur as a result of projected
                activities will be limited to short term behavioral disturbances that
                would not affect the rates of recruitment or survival for the walrus
                and polar bear stocks. This regulation does not authorize lethal take,
                and we do not anticipate any lethal take will occur.
                 The probability of an oil spill that will cause significant impacts
                to walruses and polar bears appears extremely low. We have included
                information from both offshore and onshore projects in our oil spill
                analysis. We have analyzed the likelihood of a marine oil spill of the
                magnitude necessary to lethally take a
                [[Page 43041]]
                significant number of polar bears for offshore projects and, through a
                risk assessment analysis, found that it is unlikely that there will be
                any lethal take associated with a release of oil. In the unlikely event
                of a catastrophic spill, we will take immediate action to minimize the
                impacts to these species and reconsider the appropriateness of
                authorizations for incidental taking through section 101(a)(5)(A) of
                the MMPA.
                 We have evaluated climate change regarding walruses and polar
                bears. Climate change is a global phenomenon and was considered as the
                overall driver of effects that could alter walrus and polar bear
                habitat and behavior. Although climate change is a pressing
                conservation issue for walruses and polar bears, we have concluded that
                the authorized taking of walruses and polar bears during the activities
                proposed by Industry during this 5-year rule will not adversely impact
                the survival of these species and will have no more than negligible
                effects.
                Conclusion
                 We find that the impacts of these specified activities cannot be
                reasonably expected to, and are not reasonably likely to, adversely
                affect Pacific walrus or SBS polar bears through effects on annual
                rates of recruitment or survival. We therefore find that the total of
                the taking estimated above and authorized by this ITR will have a
                negligible impact on Pacific walrus and SBS polar bears. These
                regulations do not authorize lethal take, and we do not anticipate that
                any lethal take will occur.
                Least Practicable Adverse Impacts
                 We evaluated the practicability and effectiveness of mitigation
                measures based on the nature, scope, and timing of Industry activities;
                the best available scientific information; and monitoring data during
                Industry activities in the specified geographic region. We have
                determined that the mitigation measures included within AOGA's
                Request--plus one additional mitigation measure noted below--will
                ensure the least practicable adverse impacts on polar bears and Pacific
                walruses (AOGA 2021).
                 AOGA's initial request reflected the mitigation measures identified
                in prior Beaufort Sea ITRs as necessary to effect the least practicable
                adverse impact on Pacific walrus and SBS polar bears. The Service also
                collaborated extensively with AOGA concerning prior iterations of its
                Request in order to identify additional effective and practicable
                mitigation measures, which AOGA then incorporated into its final
                Request. Polar bear den surveys before activities begin during the
                denning season, and the resulting 1.6-km (1-mi) operational exclusion
                zone around all known polar bear dens and restrictions on the timing
                and types of activities in the vicinity of dens will ensure that
                impacts to denning female polar bears and their cubs are minimized
                during this critical time. In addition to conducting den detection
                surveys, during seismic operations, AOGA will use advance crews that
                use denning habitat maps and trained observers to scout for potential
                denning habitat including deep snow and steep bluffs in order to
                increase avoidance of these areas. Minimum flight elevations over polar
                bear areas and flight restrictions around known polar bear dens would
                reduce the potential for bears to be disturbed by aircraft.
                Additionally, during certain vessel based operations, or while
                conducting significant activities along to the coast that could
                introduce sound into the marine environment, AOGA will use trained
                protected species observers to alert crews when Pacific walruses or
                polar bears are in the vicinity. If they observe Pacific walruses or
                polar bears, they will shut down, reduce, or modify activities as
                needed to mitigate potential impacts. Protected species observers may
                also be required by the Service for use during other activities
                including aircraft operations or surface operations to also reduce
                potential impacts. Finally, AOGA will implement mitigation measures to
                prevent the presence and impact of attractants such as the use of
                wildlife-resistant waste receptacles and enclosing access doors and
                stairs. These measures will be outlined in polar bear and walrus
                interaction plans that are developed in coordination with the Service
                prior to starting activities. Based on the information we currently
                have regarding den and aircraft disturbance and polar bear attractants,
                we concluded that the mitigation measures outlined in AOGA's Request
                (AOGA 2021) and incorporated into this final rule will practically and
                effectively minimize disturbance from the specified oil and gas
                activities.
                 The only additional mitigation measure not already included in
                AOGA's request but warranted to effect the least practicable adverse
                impact on polar bears and walruses is the requirement that aircraft
                operations within the ITR area will maintain an altitude of 1,500 ft
                above ground level when safe and operationally possible. Whereas AOGA's
                request committed to fly at such levels under ideal conditions, and the
                Proposed ITR stated that aircraft ``should'' fly at such levels when
                safe and operationally possible, this Final Rule replaces the Proposed
                Rule's use of ``should'' with ``will''. The Service determined that
                this revision could further reduce the extent to which aircraft are
                permitted to fly below 1,500 ft above ground level and thus further
                minimizes potential disturbances to polar bears and walruses while
                preserving safety and continuity of operations at minimal to no extra
                cost.
                 A number of additional mitigation measures were considered but
                determined not to be practicable means of reducing impacts. These
                measures are listed below:
                 Required use of helicopters for AIR surveys--Use of
                helicopters to survey active dens might actually lead to greater levels
                of disturbance and take compared to fixed-wing aircraft. Additionally,
                there have been no published data to indicate increased den detection
                efficacy of helicopter AIR.
                 Grounding all flights if they must fly below 1,500 feet--
                Requiring all aircraft to maintain an altitude of 1,500 ft is not
                practicable as some necessary operations may require flying below 1,500
                ft in order to perform inspections or maintain safety of flight crew.
                 Spatial and temporal restrictions on surface activity--
                Some spatial and temporal restrictions of operations were included in
                the ITR as a result of the Service's collaboration with the applicant,
                but it was made clear during that process additional restrictions would
                not be practicable for oil and gas operations based on other regulatory
                and safety requirements.
                 One mile buffer around all known polar bear denning
                habitat--One mile buffer around all known polar bear denning habitat is
                not practicable as many existing operations occur within denning
                habitat and it would not be able to shut down all operations based on
                other regulatory and safety requirements.
                 Restriction of vessel speed to 10 knots or less--
                Restricting the speed of all industry vessels to 10 knots or less is
                not practicable for safe and efficient operations. The Service analyzed
                take of walruses and polar bears for in-water activities within a 1-
                mile radius around a vessel at operational vessel speeds. Restricting
                vessel speeds unnecessarily will result in vessels spending more time
                in the water and it will increase the likelihood that marine mammals
                will be exposed to vessel disturbance for a longer period of time.
                 Requirements for pile driving sound mitigation--Additional
                mitigation measures to reduce in-water sound were not required as the
                area of sound propagation would not extend beyond
                [[Page 43042]]
                the impact area for visual disturbance that is already included in the
                analysis. Therefore, there is no additional mitigative benefit to
                requiring this measure.
                 Prohibition of driving over high relief areas,
                embankments, or stream and river crossings--While the denning habitat
                must be considered in tundra travel activities, complete prohibition of
                travel across such areas is not practicable because it would preclude
                necessary access to various operational areas and pose potential safety
                concerns. Moreover, not all high relief areas, embankments, and stream
                and river crossing constitute suitable polar bear denning habitat.
                 Use of a broader definition of ``denning habitat'' for
                operational offsets--There is no available data to support broadening
                the defining features of denning habitat beyond that established by
                USGS. Such a redefinition would cause an increase in the area surveyed
                for maternal dens and increase potential harassment of bears on the
                surface.
                 Establishment of corridors for sow and cub transit to the
                sea ice--As there is no data to support the existence of natural
                transit corridors to the sea ice, establishment of corridors in the ITR
                area would be highly speculative. Therefore, there would be no
                mitigative benefit realized by their establishment.
                 Requirement of third-party neutral marine mammal
                observers--It is often not practicable to hire third-party marine
                mammal observers due to operational constraints. Additional crew may
                require additional transit vehicles, which could increase disturbance.
                 Require all activities to cease if a polar bear or walrus
                is injured or killed until an investigation is completed--The Service
                has incorporated into this rule reporting requirements for all polar
                bear and Pacific walrus interactions. While it may aid in any
                subsequent investigation, ceasing activities in an active oil field may
                not be practicable or safe in certain circumstances, and thus will not
                be mandated.
                 Require use of den detection dogs-- It is not practicable
                to require scent trained dogs to detect dens due to the large spatial
                extent that would need to be surveyed each year.
                 Require the use of handheld or vehicle-mounted FLIR--The
                efficacy rates for AIR has been found to be four times more likely to
                detect dens versus ground-based FLIR (handheld or vehicle-mounted FLIR)
                due to impacts of blowing snow on detection. While use of handheld or
                vehicle-mounted FLIR could increase the potential of detecting active
                dens in some circumstances, in other circumstances these potential
                benefits could be outweighed by the additional disturbances created by
                increasing vehicle use or human presence in the vicinity of dens. The
                safety of personnel tasked to prolong their presence in such areas is
                also an important consideration. The Service therefore finds that use
                of such techniques should remain at the discretion of operators on a
                case-by-case basis.
                Impacts on Subsistence Uses
                 We based our findings on past experience, requirements concerning
                community consultations through the Plan of Cooperation (POC) process,
                the limited anticipated overlap of hunting areas and Industry projects,
                the best scientific information available, anticipated 5-year effects
                of Industry activities on subsistence hunting, and the results of
                monitoring data and the Service's Marking, Tagging, and Reporting
                Program. Through these data, we find that any incidental harassment
                that may result from oil and gas exploration, development, and
                production activities in the specified geographic region will not have
                an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of walruses and polar
                bears for taking for subsistence uses during the regulatory timeframe.
                 While walruses and polar bears represent a small portion, in terms
                of the number of animals, of the total subsistence harvest for the
                communities of Utqiagvik, Nuiqsut, and Kaktovik, the harvest of these
                species is important to Alaska Natives. Prior to receipt of an LOA,
                Industry must provide evidence to us that community consultations have
                occurred or that an adequate POC has been presented to the subsistence
                communities. Industry will be required to contact subsistence
                communities that may be affected by its activities to discuss potential
                conflicts caused by location, timing, and methods of proposed
                operations. Industry must make reasonable efforts to ensure that
                activities do not interfere with subsistence hunting and that adverse
                effects on the availability of walruses and polar bear are minimized.
                Although multiple meetings for multiple projects from numerous
                operators have already taken place, no official concerns have been
                voiced by the Alaska Native communities regarding Industry activities
                limiting availability of walruses or polar bears for subsistence uses.
                However, should such a concern be voiced as Industry continues to reach
                out to the Alaska Native communities, development of POCs, which must
                identify measures to minimize any adverse effects, will be required.
                The POC will ensure that oil and gas activities will not have an
                unmitigable adverse impact on the availability of the species or stock
                for subsistence uses. This POC must provide the procedures addressing
                how Industry will work with the affected Alaska Native communities and
                what actions will be taken to avoid interference with subsistence
                hunting of walruses and polar bears, as warranted.
                 The Service has not received any reports and is aware of no
                information that indicates that walruses or polar bears are being or
                will be deflected from hunting areas or impacted in any way that
                diminishes their availability for subsistence use by the expected level
                of oil and gas activity. If there is evidence during the 5-year period
                of the regulations that oil and gas activities are affecting the
                availability of walruses or polar bears for take for subsistence uses,
                we will reevaluate our findings regarding permissible limits of take
                and the measures required to ensure continued subsistence hunting
                opportunities.
                Monitoring and Reporting
                 The purpose of monitoring requirements is to assess the effects of
                industrial activities on walruses and polar bears, ensure that the
                number of takes and the effects of taking are consistent with that
                anticipated in the ITR, and detect any unanticipated effects on the
                species or stocks. Monitoring plans document when and how bears and
                walruses are encountered, the number of bears and walruses, and their
                behavior during the encounter. This information allows the Service to
                measure encounter rates and trends of walrus and polar bear activity in
                the industrial areas (such as numbers and gender, activity, seasonal
                use) and to estimate numbers of animals potentially affected by
                Industry. Monitoring plans are site-specific, dependent on the
                proximity of the activity to important habitat areas, such as den
                sites, travel corridors, and food sources; however, Industry is
                required to report all sightings of walruses and polar bears. To the
                extent possible, monitors will record group size, age, sex, reaction,
                duration of interaction, and closest approach to Industry onshore.
                Activities within the specified geographic region may incorporate daily
                watch logs as well, which record 24-hour animal observations throughout
                the duration of the project. Polar bear monitors will be incorporated
                into the monitoring plan if bears are known to frequent the area or
                known polar bear dens are present in the area. At offshore Industry
                sites, systematic monitoring
                [[Page 43043]]
                protocols will be implemented to statistically monitor observation
                trends of walruses or polar bears in the nearshore areas where they
                usually occur.
                 Monitoring activities will be summarized and reported in a formal
                report each year. The applicant must submit an annual monitoring and
                reporting plan at least 90 days prior to the initiation of a proposed
                activity, and the applicant must submit a final monitoring report to us
                no later than 90 days after the expiration of the LOA. We base each
                year's monitoring objective on the previous year's monitoring results.
                 We require an approved plan for monitoring and reporting the
                effects of oil and gas Industry exploration, development, and
                production activities on polar bears and walruses prior to issuance of
                an LOA. Since production activities are continuous and long term, upon
                approval, LOAs and their required monitoring and reporting plans will
                be issued for the life of the activity or until the expiration of the
                regulations, whichever occurs first. Each year, prior to January 15, we
                will require that the operator submit development and production
                activity monitoring results of the previous year's activity. We require
                approval of the monitoring results for continued operation under the
                LOA.
                 We find that this regulation will establish monitoring and
                reporting requirements to evaluate the potential impacts of planned
                activities and to ensure that the effects of the activities remain
                consistent with the rest of the findings.
                Summary of and Response to Comments and Recommendations
                Response to Comments
                 The Service published a proposed rule in the Federal Register (FR)
                on June 1, 2021, with a 30-day period seeking comments on both the
                proposed ITR and the draft EA (86 FR 79082). The comment period closed
                on July 1, 2021. The Service received 30,271 comments. Comments were
                received from two Federal agencies, the Marine Mammal Commission, the
                State of Alaska, the North Slope Borough, various trade and
                environmental organizations, and interested members of the public.
                 We reviewed all comments, which are part of the docket for this
                ITR, for substantive issues, new information, and recommendations
                regarding this ITR and EA. The Service used ``DiscoverText'' \1\ to
                aggregate the comments submitted by the public. The Service determined
                that of the comments received, 30,251, aggregated and submitted by the
                Center for Biological Diversity, consisted of comments all of which
                expressed opposition to the promulgation of the regulation. All 30,251
                of these comments either repeated, summarized, or provided edits to a
                standardized message. The Service notes that these modified form
                letters provided no new information or specific comments but rather
                brief to lengthy statements expressing the writer's general opposition
                to the ITR.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 \1\ The use of DiscoverText does not convey or imply that the
                Service directly or indirectly endorses any product or service
                provided.
                ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                 The comments are aggregated by subject matter, summarized and
                addressed below, and changes have been incorporated into the final rule
                and final EA as appropriate. A summary of the changes to this final ITR
                from the proposed ITR is found in the preamble section entitled,
                Summary of Changes from the Proposed Rule.
                Response to Comments
                MMPA Requirements
                 Comment 1: One commenter suggested that the Service's definition of
                harassment does not consider the ``potential'' to disrupt biologically
                important behaviors, which results in an underestimation of the amount
                of take from activities.
                 Response: The Service acknowledges that the definitions of
                harassment relevant to AOGA's specified activities are those found at
                16 U.S.C. 1362(18)(A)(i)-(ii). These definitions are cited in the ITR
                and were employed in the Service's analysis. The Service disagrees with
                the commenter's assertion that the Service misapplied these definitions
                in the ITR. The ITR language quoted by the comment is a partial quote
                that is not portrayed in appropriate context. The Service stands by its
                assumption that not all minor changes in behavior (i.e.,
                ``disturbances'') are of a type that can result in harassment, even
                Level B harassment, because they simply would not disrupt natural
                behavioral patterns. By way of a simple example, where a polar bear
                perceived noise from an industrial source located several miles away,
                the bear could potentially manifest a ``disturbance'' by briefly
                pausing travel and/or looking toward the noise source, but it would
                quickly resume what it was doing a moment prior, without any disruption
                to its pattern of natural behavior. That said, where the noise source
                is sufficiently loud or close to the polar bear such that the polar
                bear may flee, express stress-related behavior, abandon a hunt, find
                itself unable to rest for long periods, or react in one of the numerous
                other manners cited by the ITR as indicative of a disruption of natural
                behavioral patterns, the Service assumes that a take by Level B
                harassment occurs.
                 Meanwhile, the Service disagrees with the commenter's apparent
                suggestion to use the most sensitive individual (an ``outlier'' in
                statistical terms) in the SBS population as the basis for all of its
                modeling assumptions. Doing so would ignore the best available
                scientific evidence about how the vast majority of polar bears react to
                industrial stimuli, effectively replace the implementing regulations'
                use of the terms ``likely'' and ``anticipated'' with the term
                ``possible'' (See 50 CFR 18.27(d)), result in vast overestimations of
                take, and fail to reflect what the Service or any other objective party
                could reasonably anticipate occurring. When conducting complex acoustic
                modeling of potential marine mammal responses to industrial stimuli,
                one must necessarily make a series of reasonable assumptions (including
                development and application of acoustic thresholds) in order to
                evaluate and quantify the potential for harassment. The Service's
                general approach and assumptions here are analogous to those typically
                utilized by the National Marine Fisheries Service (NMFS) when assessing
                the potential for anthropogenic noise to harass marine mammals.
                 While it is possible that some animals do in fact experience
                disruption of behavioral patterns upon exposure to intermittent sounds
                at received levels less than [the 160dB acoustic threshold used by
                NMFS], this is not in and of itself adequate justification for using a
                lower threshold. Implicit in the use of a step function for quantifying
                Level B harassment is the realistic assumption, due to behavioral
                context and other factors, that some animals exposed to received levels
                below the threshold will in fact experience harassment, while others
                exposed to levels above the threshold will not. The Service reiterates
                two key concepts underpinning NMFS's modeling approach and comment
                response--that modeling assumptions must be realistic as opposed to
                based on outliers, and that not all disturbances lead to disruption of
                behavioral patterns and Level B harassment.
                 Comment 2: One commenter suggested that the Service acknowledges a
                marine mammal's movement away from an area as take by Level B
                harassment, but they do not account for this movement in their take
                estimates.
                [[Page 43044]]
                 Response: We disagree. As a nomadic species, any assumptions of an
                individual polar bear's intent to inhabit a specific location would be
                arbitrary. Included in our estimates of takes by level B harassment are
                instances when a polar bear changes course and moves in a different
                direction due to human interaction. However, the Service does not
                consider only ``increased vigilance'' to be a form of Level B
                harassment, because increased awareness of potential hazards in an
                animal's environment does not constitute a disruption of biologically
                significant behaviors as defined in the MMPA. Further, the Service does
                not classify a lower probability of denning near industrial
                infrastructure as a form of Level B harassment. We explain in the
                proposed rule that denning habitat adjacent to industrial activity has
                not been removed as a potential denning location. This is evidenced by
                our use of a probability distribution to determine potential offsets
                from active industrial sites when placing simulated dens, as opposed to
                a strict rule of simulating dens a fixed distance away from industry.
                We include the potential impact from new oil and gas infrastructure
                when simulating dens during our denning analysis as well.
                 Comment 3: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reevaluate their determinations and either deny the Request to issue an
                authorization or issue a revised proposed ITR after addressing public
                comments before promulgating the ITR.
                 Response: The Service disagrees. The ITR includes a thorough and
                robust analysis based on detailed descriptions from the applicant of
                specified activities and the best available science. The Service has
                reasonably determined that the taking associated with AOGA's specified
                activities meets all applicable MMPA standards and will therefore issue
                the requested ITR, subject to appropriate conditions, pursuant to its
                statutory directive. There are no significant changes to AOGA's Request
                or the Service's assumptions, or analysis that would require publishing
                a revised proposed ITR.
                 Comment 4: Commenters suggested that the Service is applying new
                and unreasonable interpretation of ``small numbers'' and should define
                their small numbers determination as well as explain why the Service
                anticipates an increase in harassment during this 5-year regulation
                period compared to the previous 5-year regulation period.
                 Response: The Service's ``small numbers'' determination is
                consistent with applicable law, policy, and longstanding practice.
                There are several considerations relevant to the Service's ``small
                numbers'' standard, but the number of takes estimated in prior
                regulatory processes is not one of them. The SBS population estimate,
                calculated by USGS in 2020, is calculated using a number of annual
                metrics, including annual survival probabilities, annual number of
                dens, and annual denning success. The resulting value is an estimate of
                the number of individuals in the population in any given contemporary
                year. Appropriately, the Service has divided annual take estimates by
                the annual population estimate, to calculate a percentage of the
                population potentially taken for its small numbers determination.
                 The Service has explained at length the quantitative methods that
                have been used to estimate the number of Level B harassment events
                projected in the proposed ITR.
                 Comment 5: One commenter suggested that the Service combined the
                small numbers determination with the negligible impact determination,
                and these determinations should be addressed separately.
                 Response: The Service rendered separate determinations for ``small
                numbers'' and ``negligible impact'' based on the distinct
                considerations relevant to each standard. It did not ``conflate'' these
                findings. This was explained in the proposed rule and remains true in
                the Final ITR.
                 Comment 6: One commenter suggested that the Service's small number
                determination is inconsistent with the number of takes by Level B
                harassment anticipated for SBS polar bears and that polar bears
                repeatedly harassed should be considered in the Service's
                determination.
                 Response: The potential that individual polar bears could
                experience multiple incidents of Level B harassment was acknowledged
                and accounted for in this analysis. The effects of each incident of
                Level B harassment (as opposed to more severe forms of take) are
                inherently limited and short term, and the Service does not anticipate
                that the effects of multiple Level B harassments of the same polar bear
                would aggregate or combine with each other in a manner that causes
                anything greater than Level B harassment. Per the MMPA, ``small
                numbers'' refers to the number of animals incidentally taken, not the
                number of incidental takes as the comment here suggests. That said,
                because the Service could not reliably calculate how many of the
                anticipated Level B harassments would accrue to the same animals, it
                conservatively assumed for the purposes of its ``small numbers''
                determination that each of the anticipated takes would accrue to a
                different animal.
                 Comment 7: Commenters suggested that the Service ignores the
                potential negligible impact implications for a skew within the model
                used to analyze denning impacts and the potential for take by Level A
                harassment.
                 Response: The ITR does not authorize any Level A harassment or
                lethal take of polar bears (nor did AOGA request authorization for such
                take). The Service did employ a complex model to analyze the
                probability that harassing a denning or post-emergent bear could result
                in lethal take of her cubs. We provided all of the output data from the
                simulations as part of the proposed rule to be transparent and allow
                commenters to see for themselves where take comes from and why there is
                such a significant skew in the data on the number of estimated lethal
                take or serious take by Level A harassment. The reason for the skew is
                because the majority (i.e., 54%) of model iterations estimated 0
                serious takes by Level A harassment or lethal takes occurring annually.
                We disagree with the commenter that the skew is caused by a combination
                of the number of dens and the number of bears in dens that are
                disturbed. In reality, the skew is the result of the high number of
                iterations where 0 take is estimated. It is true that the tail of the
                distribution is a function of the number of dens disturbed and the
                number of cubs in those dens. We disagree that the Service is ignoring
                the potential for take by Level A harassment. We presented all of the
                output of the model to be as transparent as possible, and to fully
                assess the potential that estimated and authorized Level B harassment
                of a denning or post-emergent sow could result in abandonment of her
                cubs. We also disagree that the mean is the appropriate metric to
                consider when estimating the expected level of take associated with the
                proposed activities. Means are the appropriate measure of central
                tendency when data are normally distributed or some other symmetric
                distribution. In these cases, the mean and median are nearly the same.
                However, when the data are significantly skewed, as our results are,
                the median is a more appropriate informative measure of the central
                tendency in the data.
                 Comment 8: Commenters suggested that the Service should consider
                the effects of potential take by Level A harassment and potential
                lethal take of polar bear cubs for the negligible impact.
                 Response: The Service has conducted a thorough analysis using
                detailed
                [[Page 43045]]
                project descriptions from the applicant and quantitative estimates of
                take developed using the best available science. As is explained in the
                proposed rule, due to the low (52
                dens to occur in the region. As stated in the text of the document
                detailing the den simulations (pp. 86 FR 29407-29408, June 1, 2021), we
                use statistical distributions for each region in the ITR (i.e., NPR-A,
                Colville to Canning, the 1002 area) to simulate a number of dens in
                each region during each iteration of the model. Based on how these
                distributions were parameterized, it is possible to have up to ~102
                dens simulated during any given iteration of the model. That is the sum
                of the upper 95% CI for each of the three regions where dens were
                simulated. Additionally, the data used in the den simulation portion of
                the model uses the best available information derived from the most up-
                to-date den catalogue published by Durner et al. (2020). Olson et al.
                (2017) shows that in the period 2007-2013 55% of dens occurred on land,
                and this did not differ from the period of 1996-2006 (i.e., 54.5%). So,
                our results are consistent with these studies, based on the most recent
                data, and reflective of what we expect to occur during the five-year
                period of this ITR.
                 Comment 57: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider the energetic costs of denning female polar bears relocating
                to alternative den sites and the associated impacts of these energetic
                costs on the survival for both mother polar bears and their cubs.
                 Response: While we agree with the commenter that these types of
                relationships are conceivable, we are unaware of any research to
                support or document these claims. Further, these statements are just
                conjectures, and it's equally feasible that females have sufficient
                energetic reserves to find a new den site given that they already spend
                energy scouting for ideal den sites. We are therefore required to use
                the currently best-available information, which indicates minimal
                impacts to denning females if forced to find a new den site after being
                disturbed.
                 Comment 58: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider whether the number of cubs affected by premature den departure
                is underestimated.
                 Response: We disagree with the notion that we have underestimated
                [[Page 43051]]
                such impacts. We use the best available science to address this
                question. While we agree that there are likely local factors at a den
                site that could play a role in triggering when bears decide to depart
                the den site, those relationships have not been established, nor would
                there be any way to project those conditions to all future denning
                bears. We use real-world data on den emergence dates and time spent at
                the den site post-emergence but prior to permanently departing the
                area. These observations already contain natural variation in the
                timing of these events, possibly based on the local conditions or the
                specific attributes of denning females (e.g., nutritional condition).
                Thus, drawing from these distributions should allow for the level of
                natural variation to be accounted for in the analysis. While it's true
                a larger sample size would always be better, polar bears are difficult
                to study and we must therefore use what we have available. It is also
                worth mentioning that the sample sizes are not so small as to be
                unreliable. In fact they were deemed sufficient for inclusion into
                multiple peer-reviewed studies (e.g., Rode et al. 2014, Smith et al.
                2007).
                 Comment 59: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider the potential impacts of take by Level A harassment that may
                result from a mother abandoning her cubs in response to disturbance.
                 Response: The dataset that was used to analyze potential take from
                surface interactions encompassed all recorded human-polar bear
                interactions throughout the year, including the months when sows are
                moving toward the sea ice with cubs of the year. There are no recorded
                interactions in the 2014-2018 dataset between Industry and these bears
                that resulted in Level A harassment. The Service has also accounted for
                these potential interactions when establishing mitigation measures.
                Under the mitigation measures established in the proposed rule,
                Industry must survey for maternal polar bear dens, create exclusion
                zones around known dens, and report all polar bear interactions
                (including those with sows and cubs) to the Service within 48 hours of
                the event.
                 Comment 60: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider the most recent evidence of cub survival and recruitment in
                the SBS polar bear population as part of their baseline to assess
                impacts to SBS polar bears.
                 Response: We agree with the commenter that over the past ~20 years,
                cub-of-the-year survival in the SBS has been low relative to other
                subpopulations and is the primary driver of concomitant decreases in
                abundance. Survival was especially low in the period 2004-2008 (mean =
                ~0.24), a period of marked population decline, but was relatively
                higher in the period 2009-2014 (mean = 0.50), the last year for which
                estimates are available (Atwood et al. 2020).
                 Comment 61: One commenter suggested that the Service should clarify
                the explanation for distinguishing lethal take of polar bear cubs if
                cubs are abandoned before 60 days of age and serious take by Level A
                harassment of cubs if cubs are abandoned after 60 of age.
                 Response: We disagree with the commenter that our different
                treatment of cubs emerging early during the early vs. late denning
                periods is inappropriate. We used 60 days based on published literature
                indicating that cubs have developed the basic functions to survive
                outside of the den by the time they reach ~2 months (60 days) of age.
                Prior to 60 days, the literature indicates that survival of cubs
                outside of the den is not possible. Serious Level A harassment is
                harassment that is likely to result in mortality. Based on the results
                of Rode et al. (2018), we know that early emergence from the den can
                lead to survival consequences for cubs. However, it is clear from the
                results of Rode et al. (2018) that not all cubs die as a result of
                early emergence (assuming they are >60 days old), thus, there is a
                different outcome to cubs emerging early during the early denning vs.
                the late denning periods. Hence, we treated early emergence during the
                late denning period as a serious Level A harassment because of the
                potential for a lethal outcome and lethal take for early emergence
                during the early denning period because of nearly 100% probability of
                cubs dying then.
                 Comment 62: One commenter suggested that the Service should use
                systematically collected survey data that has been peer-reviewed in
                order to evaluate disturbance impacts to denning polar bears during
                Industry activities rather than use opportunistic observations of polar
                bear disturbance during Industry activities.
                 Response: The case studies include published literature and reports
                of observations made by Industry and research and provided to USFWS.
                The published literature includes peer-reviewed literature, including
                literature by Amstrup (1993), which states that ``10 of 12 polar bears
                tolerated exposure to exceptional levels of activity'' and ``most bears
                in this study showed substantial tolerance to activity.'' They also
                state ``. . . live capture and marking were probably more disruptive to
                bears than other possible perturbations. Yet recruitment of cubs
                through the time of emergence from the den and sizes of cubs were not
                affected.'' In our analysis, we utilized the best available
                information, which included internal reports and observations, as well
                as peer-reviewed literature (e.g., Amstrup 1993). Thus, we used past
                reports to inform our findings, but the reports alone did not provide
                the basis for our findings as noted in the ``Info Source'' column of
                the AOGA ITR--Case Studies Summary Table--061621, document ID FWS-R7-
                ES-2021-0037-0011.
                 Comment 63: One commenter suggested that the Service should clarify
                the explanation for not classifying disturbance during early denning
                that did not result in den abandonment as take by Level A harassment.
                 Response: The early denning period begins with the birth of cubs
                and ends 60 days after birth. Because cubs cannot survive outside the
                den prior to reaching 60 days of age, any exposure during early denning
                that resulted in an emergence was classified as lethal take. Of the 10
                cases in the repeated-exposure category that occurred during the late
                denning period, 2 resulted in cub mortality; in the other 8 cases,
                exposures did not result in emergences--the bears remained in their
                dens until after 13 February, the date that marked the end of the early
                denning period in cases where cub age was not known. Although possible,
                no studies have clearly demonstrated latent effects of disturbance on
                denning bears that did not respond to the disturbance in observable
                manners. In these eight cases, negative response (e.g., early
                emergence) were not observed during early denning. The purpose of
                evaluating these case studies was to inform the probabilities of
                responses to exposures during different periods. In this case,
                simulated dens that were exposed to repeated exposures before cubs
                reached 60 days of age had a 20% probability, on average, of resulting
                in cub mortality and an 80% probability of remaining in the den until
                the beginning of the late denning period.
                 Comment 64: One commenter suggested that the Service should clarify
                their explanation for the dates assigned to the early denning period.
                 Response: We used the best available information to inform average
                parturition date of 15 December. Messier et al. (1994) concluded that a
                majority of births occurred before or around 15 December as indicated
                by the drop in activity levels of instrumented females.
                [[Page 43052]]
                 Comment 65: One commenter suggested that the Service should collect
                more extensive followup information on polar bear den disturbance case
                studies in order to determine whether cubs survived a den disturbance
                event.
                 Response: For most of the case studies, we had documentation of
                only the immediate outcome of the exposure to a disturbance, which was
                sufficient for determining the immediate outcome. For most cases, there
                is no documentation of the outcome of the cubs beyond the immediate
                timeframe of the disturbance. We used the best available information,
                and it would not be appropriate to assume an outcome in the absence of
                information.
                 Comment 66: Several commenters suggested that the Service did not
                adequately consider the possibility of lethal take or serious injury
                take by Level A harassment arising from direct contact of a vehicle
                with a den and varying reactions of denning animals to vehicles in
                close proximity.
                 Response: We do not use only Smith et al. (2020) for estimates of
                AIR efficacy, but rather we include the results from Smith et al.
                (2020) and Amstrup et al. (2004) in our analysis, as well as a new
                study on artificial dens (Woodruff and Wilson 2021). We do take into
                account potential disturbance from ground noise and vibrations from
                drill and exploration in the form of our disturbance probabilities
                derived from our review of relevant case studies. While it is true that
                Amstrup et al. (2004) suggest helicopters may have higher detection
                rates than fixed-wing aircraft, the average detection rates from
                Amstrup et al. (2004) do not differ significantly from results obtained
                with a fixed-wing aircraft (Smith et al. 2020) when accounting for the
                proportion of dens that are unlikely to be available for detection
                given snow depth. Additionally, AOGA proposed using only fixed-wing
                aircraft, so that is what we considered in our analysis. The EA serves
                to assess the impacts of the Federal action of issuing the ITR. The ITR
                does not authorize the specified activities; therefore, the EA focuses
                its discussion on the effects of takes to be authorized pursuant to the
                ITR. The impacts from the activities themselves could proceed without
                MMPA coverage at the discretion of the applicant and are not effects of
                the Proposed Action, but were nevertheless considered as part of the
                environmental baseline and in the cumulative impacts analysis.
                 Based on the output of the den disturbance analysis, we estimated
                the number of dens and probability of >=1 den being run over by
                equipment used while driving off established roads in the project area.
                Because it is possible to run over dens only when driving off
                established roads, we restricted our analysis to only those simulated
                dens that occurred adjacent to proposed ice roads, tundra travel
                routes, and seismic grids. Because the applicant did not specify how
                seismic grids would be laid out, we followed a similar approach as
                Wilson and Durner (2020) and simulated seismic grids across the high-
                and low-density seismic areas (Fig. 7). We simulated E-W and N-S
                seismic track lines, each separated by 201.2 m (660 ft). We assumed
                vehicles traveling seismic grids, ice roads, and tundra travel routes
                would have a width of 3.4 m (11.2 ft; Wilson and Durner 2020).
                 For each iteration of the model, we determined which dens occurred
                within the footprint (i.e., 3.4 m) of the different movement paths. We
                then determined if dens had been identified by AIR surveys. If a den
                was identified on an AIR survey, we excluded it from further analysis.
                Lastly, we restricted the set of dens available to be run over to those
                that did not previously have a take by Level A harassment or lethal
                take assigned to it during the early or late denning periods. That is,
                those dens that did not previously respond to disturbance and,
                therefore, would be vulnerable to being run over by equipment. We did
                not consider the potential for running over dens during the den
                establishment period or post-emergence period because during both of
                these periods bears are known to be on the surface and would likely be
                visible to operators and the bears would be able to readily detect the
                potential risk of the vehicles and respond appropriately.
                 Our approach for estimating the number of dens potentially run over
                by equipment can be considered conservative because it does not account
                for the fact that operators have stated they will avoid crossing
                denning habitat whenever possible, which would further reduce the
                probability of running over a den. Similarly, the seismic grids we
                simulated likely cover a greater area than a normal seismic layout, but
                because information was not provided by the applicant, we used the more
                liberal layout.
                 We found that the probability of running over a den is exceedingly
                low each year of the ITR. The probability of running over >=1 den each
                winter ranged from 0.0041 to 0.0059. This makes sense given the
                existing mitigation measures analyzed take some dens off the table
                because they are found prior to the commencement of activities that
                could run over them. Additionally, the actual footprint of vehicles is
                very small compared to the scale of the project area, thus, there is a
                very low risk to begin with that a den would even overlap a vehicle's
                footprint on the landscape.
                 When additional mitigation measures proposed by the applicant are
                considered, including the avoidance of steep terrain and the training
                of personnel for identifying den site characteristics, which cannot be
                quantified, the Service determined that the probability of running over
                a den was sufficiently small so that it could be dismissed and
                therefore was not included in this ITR.
                 Comment 67: One commenter suggested that the Service should use
                randomized case studies for their polar bear denning analysis.
                 Response: It is not clear exactly what the commenter means by the
                ``case studies used for the case studies are not randomized.'' There
                was no way to use ``randomized'' data in this case. The use of
                randomized data in this case would require conducting a study by radio-
                collaring denning females and then observing their response to any den
                disturbance. This runs the risk of substantial disturbance in both the
                capture and collaring (see Amstrup 1993, Lunn et al. 2004) and the
                observation (see Smith et al. 2007, 2010, 2013; Robinson 2014). Instead
                we relied on the case studies, the best available information, to
                inform our model and take probabilities.
                 Comment 68: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reevaluate the most recent scientific evidence on the number of land-
                based dens for the SBS polar bear stock to avoid underestimating the
                number of dens used for the denning analysis.
                 Response: We are not sure what leads the commenter to believe that
                the results of Atwood et al. (2020) are an underestimate of the number
                of dens on shore. Atwood et al. (2020) represents the best available
                science and updates the approach developed by Wilson and Durner (2020)
                to incorporate newer data that was not available for Wilson and Durner
                (2020) and which does a better job incorporating uncertainty into the
                parameters used in the approach. The reason Atwood et al. (2020) is
                used over Wilson and Durner (2020) is two-fold. First, an updated den
                catalogue (i.e., Durner et al. 2020) wasn't available when Wilson and
                Durner (2020) conducted their analysis. This new set of dens is the
                primary reason that the estimate from Atwood et al. differs from Wilson
                and Durner. Second, multiple public comments on the analysis of Wilson
                and Durner noted that uncertainty in underlying parameters
                [[Page 43053]]
                were not adequately accounted for. Atwood et al. (2020) overcame this
                problem to present a more robust estimate. We agree with the commenter
                that, in the long term, land-based denning is likely to increase due to
                loss of sea ice. However, the most recent study of land-based denning
                in the SBS, Olson et al. (2017) found that rates of land-based denning
                have been constant (i.e., not statistically different) between the
                periods 1996-2006 and 2007-2013. Given that the lowest sea ice minimum
                extent was observed in 2012, it's unlikely that there has been a
                significant increase in land-based denning since the data used in Olson
                et al. (2017).
                 Comment 69: One commenter suggested the Service should consider
                including more recent years of denning data in their denning analysis
                in order to account for the increased number of land-based dens.
                 Response: Atwood et al. (2020) are clear about their methods and
                what data they used to calculate the 54% of dens occurring on land.
                This estimate conforms to those found in Olson et al. (2017), which is
                the most recently published study on the percent of SBS bears denning
                on land. Olson et al. (2017) found that on average, in the period 1996-
                2006, 54% of bears in the SBS denned on land, and in the period 2007-
                2013, 55% denned on land. Thus, these data nearly perfectly conform to
                the values used by Atwood et al. (2020; which also included uncertainty
                around those estimates). The reason Atwood only used data through 2015
                is because that is the last year when bears received GPS collars, which
                are required to obtain an unbiased estimate of the distribution of
                denning. The graph the commenters present in their letter is not an
                accurate way to represent the data in the den catalogue. While it's
                true that there are additional years of dens in the den catalogue,
                beyond 2015 they are based on firsthand observations, which are going
                to show a positive bias towards land-based dens given that limited
                search effort is conducted offshore. Thus, the best available data are
                used by Atwood et al. 2020, and the approach used by the commenters is
                likely biased high and not a proper way to summarize the data.
                 Comment 70: One commenter suggested that the Service should clarify
                their methods for accounting for the variation and uncertainty in their
                polar bear population estimate and the interannual variation in the
                number of denning female polar bears that was used in the denning
                analysis.
                 Response: We agree that Wilson and Durner (2020) failed to account
                for uncertainty associated with many of the underlying parameters used
                to estimate the number of dens on shore. That is why we relied on the
                estimate provided by Atwood et al. (2020) that does account for that
                uncertainty. The uncertainty accounted for by Atwood et al. (2020)
                incorporates annual variability in environmental conditions, which
                could lead to differences in the use of land. So, the Atwood et al.
                (2020) methods and results are robust to the issues presented by the
                commenter.
                 Comment 71: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider accounting for the number of dens containing females without
                cubs and reevaluating the den emergence date to include only successful
                dens in order to not underestimate the number of takes for denning
                polar bears.
                 Response: We disagree that the model does not account for dens with
                only a female bear. In fact we provide some probability (~7%) for a den
                to have 0 cubs. So, we do account for the probability of a female
                emerging without cubs. As for the incorrect skew of emergence dates, we
                again disagree with the commenter. We use den emergence data from Rode
                et al. 2018 and restrict the data to only those that were in the den
                for a sufficient amount of time to indicate the den was more than a
                shelter den. Additionally, even though Rode et al. identify some of the
                dens as not being observed with cubs ~100 days after emergence, it does
                not indicate that the dens were unsuccessful, only that they were later
                observed without cubs. Cubs could easily have been lost between
                emergence and subsequent re-observation. There is currently no way to
                know if a bear emerged without a cub. If those data were available, we
                would include them, but they don't exist.
                 Comment 72: One commenter suggested that the Service's denning
                analysis using the Wilson and Durner (2020) model framework does not
                accurately predict impacts to denning polar bears throughout the
                geographic scope for project activities and the model does not account
                for uncertainty in the timing and location of Industry activities that
                may impact denning polar bears.
                 Response: We disagree with the commenter that the general framework
                provided by Wilson and Durner (2020) is not suitable for use in this
                ITR. The approach developed by Wilson and Durner (2020) provides a
                general framework for how to incorporate different sources of
                information (as well as associated uncertainty) to analyze how
                different types of activity and infrastructure might affect denning
                polar bears. The specific model discussed in Wilson and Durner (2020)
                has been significantly modified to account for the proposed activities
                in this Request as well as additional sources of information (e.g.,
                different denning periods) to increase the realism of the model. While
                it is true that Wilson and Durner (2020) only used the model to analyze
                impacts to polar bears over a smaller activity area, with one type of
                industrial activity, the model we published as part of this ITR clearly
                shows that it is capable of being applied to a larger area and suite of
                activities.
                 We also disagree that the ITR does not provide reliable information
                on where and when activities will occur. Both the code and objects
                associated with the den disturbance model and the associated shapefiles
                published with the proposed ITR provide both spatial and temporal
                information on when/where activities will occur. In instances where
                specific dates or areas were unknown (e.g., seismic surveys), we
                accounted for that uncertainty by analyzing the seismic to occur in the
                ``worst'' place possible for polar bears (within the range provided by
                AOGA in their Request) as well as accounting for variability in the
                timing of activity within prescribed bounds. We also disagree with the
                commenter that the Service did not account for the possibility of a
                larger seismic survey. This is not true. We clearly state on page 29410
                of the Federal Register publication of the Proposed ITR that during any
                given winter, the areas surveyed would be 80% for optimal
                weather conditions, but we don't use that value. We use the average AIR
                efficacy, which is closer to 55% for Amstrup. Because a range of
                weather conditions is used, our estimates are able to provide inference
                across those conditions. Additionally, while we agree that weather
                conditions in northern Alaska are likely to change with climate change,
                surveys are still required to be flown under conditions that have been
                found to be suitable.
                 Comment 104: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address that polar bear dens can remain undetected despite multiple AIR
                surveys in the area and whether the requirement for multiple AIR
                surveys will effectively increase the den detection rate.
                 Response: We agree that more AIR surveys do not make them more
                effective. Dens in the model can continue to go undetected even after
                multiple surveys. But, the laws of probability indicate that if you do
                the surveys multiple times over a den that is available to be detected,
                the probability that it will be detected (at least once) increases.
                Similar to Amstrup et al. (2004), when you apply two AIR surveys to our
                simulated dens, the overall probability of detection is only ~65%. So,
                it is incorrect that more surveys do not equal more dens detected.
                 Comment 105: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address how the efficacy of AIR for detecting dens with various depths
                of snow cover was accounted for in their den detection model.
                 Response: We don't assume that dens with snow depth >100 cm can't
                be detected for the current analysis. AIR efficacy rates are for all
                dens (i.e., independent of snow depth), so by default includes those
                dens that are unable to be detected for whatever reason. Smith et al.
                (2020) did not account for snow depth in their detection probability,
                and Woodruff and Wilson (2021) did not find a relationship between
                detection and snow depth. That is why we don't take into account snow
                depth for the approach we took in this model.
                 Comment 106: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify their explanation for the sources used to inform their
                estimation of den detection probability and how uncertainty was
                accounted for during their estimation of den detection probability.
                 Response: Our approach is not arbitrary. We are aware of only three
                studies that utilize AIR detection estimates. Although Scheidler and
                Perham published a report on aerial survey detections, they had
                significant issues (published in their report) that precluded our use
                of their results. Other studies use drones (Pedersen et al. 2020) or
                handheld infrared (Robinson et al. 2014), which are likely not
                comparable and don't actually provide detection probabilities. With
                respect to the Woodruff and Wilson (2021) study, the Service published
                the white paper to give readers details on how the probabilities were
                derived, but the greater context of the study was not provided because
                it is currently under peer-review. Many limitations to the study make
                the use of the lower estimate questionable (e.g., onboard navigation
                equipment was not allowed for observers compared to real surveys).
                Thus, we used the detection estimate from that study as the most
                reliable (i.e., dens that were determined to have been covered by the
                AIR camera). So, the decision was not arbitrary, but based on our in-
                depth knowledge of the study and its limitations. Lastly, the Service
                doesn't ignore the uncertainty in den
                [[Page 43059]]
                detection depending on people on the survey crew. Those differences are
                already incorporated into the estimates in Woodruff and Wilson (2021).
                All three surveyors had significant experience using AIR to detect
                polar bear dens. Thus, our estimate represents the average detection
                rates for people with training in the use of AIR to detect polar bear
                dens.
                 Comment 107: One commenter suggested that the Service
                underestimated the number of polar bear dens that would remain
                undetected, which may affect their take estimations.
                 Response: First, the den model does not assume only 52 dens are on
                the land in any given year. That is the mean value we used, but we
                accounted for the uncertainty in this estimate, so the number of dens
                simulated during each iteration is highly variable. We agree with the
                assessment by the commenter that the results of Woodruff and Wilson
                (2021) show that only 50% of dens were detected at least once during
                the study. While that is not the correct metric to use in the analysis,
                our approach to estimating infrared efficacy took into account the
                lower detection rates for this study in combination with the two other
                studies that provide an aerial detection rate of dens with AIR.
                 Comment 108: Two commenters suggested that the Service should
                clarify the optimal weather conditions for AIR surveys to be conducted
                in order to avoid AIR surveys being conducted in suboptimal conditions
                and affecting polar bear den detection rates.
                 Response: The estimates of AIR detection used in the analysis were
                not obtained under optimal weather conditions, but under a range of
                weather conditions that AIR surveys are possible. Thus, optimal weather
                conditions are not required based on the estimates of detection we
                used. That said, it has been standard practice for Industry operators
                to conduct their AIR surveys within parameters outlined by Amstrup et
                al., 2004 and York et al., 2004. This has been added to the Mitigation
                and Monitoring requirements in the ITR.
                 Comment 109: The regulatory text in the proposed rule at Sec.
                18.120(a) describes the offshore boundary of the ITR as matching the
                boundary of the BOEM Beaufort Sea Planning area. However, the preamble
                text and the maps in both the preamble and the proposed rule describe
                the geographic region as extending 80.5 km (50 mi) offshore rather than
                matching the BOEM Planning Area boundary. This discrepancy should be
                corrected.
                 Response: We agree and have clarified this final rule so that the
                preamble text reflects the boundaries of the geographic area in the
                regulatory language.
                 Comment 110: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request that helicopters be used for AIR surveys because it has been
                reported that polar bear den detection rates are higher when
                helicopters are used compared to fixed-wing aircraft.
                 Response: Use of helicopters to survey active dens might actually
                lead to greater levels of disturbance and take than with fixed-wing
                aircraft. While it's true that helicopters are more maneuverable than
                airplanes, we have not seen any published data (only conjecture) that
                detection rates for dens are higher when a helicopter is used vs. a
                fixed-wing aircraft. Interestingly, Amstrup et al. (2004) used a
                helicopter and Smith et al. (2020) used a fixed-wing, yet when
                accounting for likely undetectable dens, Amstrup et al. (2004) has a
                mean detection of ~55% compared to Smith et al. (2020)'s ~45%. These
                are likely statistically insignificant as the 95% CI for the Amstrup et
                al. (2004) estimate largely overlaps the Smith et al. (2004) point
                estimate, which does not provide an estimate of the associated
                uncertainty. Lastly, it is incorrect that fixed-wings create contrails
                and helicopters do not. We have run into issues with helicopters
                causing contrails, which impede visibility while circling bears during
                capture operations in the Arctic when temperatures are 50%. As we showed
                in our analysis, our mean detection was 41% and could go as low as 1.5%
                during any given iteration of the model.
                 Comment 119: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                specify flight paths for AIR surveys to ensure complete coverage of all
                polar bear denning habitat and require that AIR surveys conduct
                multiple passes across denning habitat as well as use helicopters for
                AIR surveys to increase den detection rates.
                 Response: Because the estimates used for AIR efficacy are based on
                the range of suitable weather conditions under which AIR surveys are
                acceptable, and the analytical approach requires that all den habitat
                (as identified in the studies cited) is adequately surveyed, the ITR
                already implicitly requires these to occur.
                 Comment 120: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address how the efficacy of AIR for detecting polar bear dens with more
                than 90 cm of snow cover was accounted for in their den detection
                model.
                 Response: While one study (Robinson et al. 2014) showed lower
                detectability for dens in snow deeper than 90 cm, it was based on
                handheld infrared, not aerial. And in the Woodruff and Wilson study, a
                den with snow ~145 cm deep was detected, so a simple cutoff based on
                ground-based infrared is likely not appropriate.
                 Comment 121: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider the practicality of requesting Industry entities to complete
                three AIR surveys prior to commencing activities in polar bear denning
                habitat.
                 Response: The ITR does not indicate that industry will conduct
                three AIR surveys of all habitat. Three surveys are required only for
                areas receiving seismic surveys, and in years when seismic occurs,
                along the pipeline corridor between Deadhorse and Pt. Thomson.
                Regardless, our analysis requires that all den habitat within 1 mile of
                industrial activity/infrastructure will receive at least two AIR
                surveys under conditions suitable for detecting dens. Only if industry
                flies all of the AIR surveys required per the analysis will they have
                coverage under the ITR.
                 The Service notes that the extent of AIR surveys required by this
                ITR significantly exceeds what has been required under prior iterations
                of the ITR and is sufficient to ensure that all applicable MMPA
                standards are met, including the requirement to prescribe means to
                effect the least practicable adverse impact on the species or stock and
                its habitat.
                 Comment 122: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                [[Page 43061]]
                consider whether AIR efficacy and den detection rates will be lower in
                areas adjacent to the Arctic National Wildlife Refuge because snow
                cover in these areas are greater than other areas and polar bear
                denning density is anticipated to be greater and more complex in these
                areas.
                 Response: We take into account in the model the fact that some dens
                inside ANWR will go undetected because AIR surveys are not planned
                there and the area is outside of the activity area proposed by AOGA. We
                clearly stated this in the Proposed ITR document (see page 29407 of the
                FR publication). We allow dens to be simulated in the refuge, even
                though activity does not occur there as part of this Request. But they
                were put there because they could be disturbed by activities in the
                petition area and go undetected by AIR. Any den within a mile of
                activity proposed in the ITR, but that occurred inside the refuge, was
                accounted for in our estimates of take. Because we account for these
                dens but assume that no AIR surveys will take place, differences in
                habitat conditions that could affect AIR detection rates are not
                relevant.
                 Comment 123: One commenter suggested that the Service continue to
                evaluate and refine their polar bear denning model assumptions used to
                determine take estimates for their regulations as more data become
                available.
                 Response: The Service has used a comprehensive dataset of polar
                bear observations to develop estimates of Level B harassment, and will
                continue to refine these methods and our database for future ITRs.
                Comparing denning model results to historic Industry-polar bear
                encounter records is not possible because a systematic effort has never
                been undertaken by Industry to find all dens adjacent to existing
                infrastructure, not just ice roads and tundra travel routes as is the
                current requirement under the existing ITR. Additionally, even when a
                den is found, monitoring has not occurred systematically (or
                frequently) to look at dates of den emergence and departure. Further,
                given that the effects of early emergence can lead to lower cub
                survival, there is no way for Industry to document all cub mortality
                events that are associated with den disturbance as this would require
                constantly monitoring a family group until at least 100 days post
                emergence (as Rode et al. 2018 did).
                 Comment 124: One commenter suggested that the polar bear den case
                studies used to determine responses to den disturbance do not
                accurately represent the polar bear responses expected during Industry
                activities because these case studies were collected during scientific
                studies in which polar bears were captured and collared.
                 Response: The goal of the case study analysis was to inform the
                consequences of den disturbance due to industrial activities. Including
                incidents spanning a range of activities (i.e., Industry and research-
                related) was reasonable as there are correlations between disturbance
                caused by research and that caused by Industry, such as inadvertently
                approaching a den at close distance. Additionally, the premise of some
                research was to evaluate the response of denning bears to remediation
                activities. Capture events likely are more intrusive than any
                disturbance related to industrial or other human activities and were
                not used in the calculation of take probabilities. Bear responses to
                capture events can, however, help inform our understanding of how polar
                bears respond to any type of disturbance. Other activities, such as
                disturbance caused by people approaching dens or accidental intrusion,
                are also possible when a den's location is unknown. Consequently,
                exposures by researchers are useful in understanding how bears respond
                to disturbance and allowed us to better estimate the response
                probabilities that informed the simulation model.
                 Comment 125: One commenter suggested that the Service's use of the
                upper 99 percent quantile of each probability distribution is too
                conservative to determine polar bear responses to disturbance and does
                not accurately reflect observer bias and the number of unobserved takes
                and this approach results in overestimation of polar bear incidental
                take.
                 Response: We disagree. The Service did not use the 99-percent
                quantiles to account for perceived directional bias by observers (which
                can neither be confirmed nor denied due to lack of neutral third party
                observational data), instead, the Service used the 99-percent quantiles
                to encompass the number of potential Level B harassment events as
                directed by the MMPA.
                 Comment 126: One commenter suggested that the Service overestimated
                the take of polar bears during aircraft activities by assuming a lower
                flight altitude than is typically flown by Industry aircraft as part of
                their take determination analyses.
                 Response: When reviewing the dataset from coastal polar bear
                surveys, the Service found there was not enough data to identify a
                significant relationship between polar bear response and distance to
                the aircraft. The Service applied a constant harassment rate to all
                flights listed as being flown at 1,500 ft AGL or lower. Many flights
                were listed with a minimum altitude of 1,500 ft AGL, which would be
                within the scope of the analysis. Flights that are expected to be above
                1,500 ft (generally originating from outside of the ITR region) were
                described as remaining at this altitude until descent. Without more
                information on each individual flight's altitude, point of descent, and
                the present weather conditions, we made the assumption that an aircraft
                could descend to 1,500 ft AGL or less anywhere within the ITR region.
                 Comment 127: One commenter suggested that the Service overestimated
                the number of polar bears observed by vessels during in-water
                activities and this approach resulted in an overestimation of polar
                bear encounter rates and take estimates during offshore activities.
                 Response: There is no data to indicate the number of bears present
                in the water at any given time; however, we do have data for the number
                of bears located along the coast, which was used in the analyses. These
                bears frequently swim between barrier islands and may be impacted by
                these offshore activities.
                 Comment 128: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reconsider whether the addition of new Industry facilities and
                infrastructure will correlate with an increase in incidental harassment
                of polar bears.
                 Response: We disagree. While AOGA has drawn this conclusion in
                their Request, the relationship described by the Service between
                distance to shore and polar bear encounters indicates that an increase
                in coastal infrastructure will increase the number of encounters and
                subsequent harassment events. This issue was described at length within
                the proposed rule.
                 Comment 129: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify how they accounted for the uncertainty of non-responses of
                polar bears to disturbance and whether the likely underrepresentation
                of non-responses may lead to overestimation of take by Level A
                harassment.
                 Response: The case study analysis included all well-documented
                records of human activity that occurred within 1.6 km of active polar
                bear dens. We do not believe that exposures that elicited detrimental
                responses were more likely to be documented than those that seemingly
                did not. Consequently, the probabilities of exposures resulting in
                lethal take or Level A harassment are unlikely to be biased. Further,
                cases that
                [[Page 43062]]
                did not result in an observed detrimental response (i.e., `non-
                responses' in the comment) do not necessarily indicate that the animals
                were unaffected (Frid and Dill 2002, Bejder et al. 2006, Laske et al.
                2011); hence, our classification of `likely physiological response.'
                Arousals during denning can lead to some increases in body temperature
                (Craighead et al. 1976, Laske et al. 2011, Evans et al. 2016b) and
                heart rate (Reynolds et al. 1986, Evans et al. 2016b), both of which
                require use of valuable energy reserves. Across taxa, unobserved
                effects, including higher levels of stress hormones (Moberg 2000, Keay
                et al. 2006) and others have been shown to have the potential to be
                equally as consequential for reproduction (Carney and Sydeman 1999,
                Ellenberg et al. 2006, Rode et al. 2018b). Decreased reproductive
                success or reproductive failure in bears is documented as a consequence
                of denning disturbance (Ramsay and Dunbrack 1986, Amstrup and Gardner
                1994, Linnell et al. 2000, Swenson et al. 1997).
                 Comment 130: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider additional factors that may cause a polar bear to emerge early
                from her den without necessarily resulting in reduced cub production
                and survival, which are referenced in the Rode et al. (2018) study.
                 Response: We agree with the commenter that there are other
                hypotheses that may explain the results of Rode et al. (2018), as we
                acknowledge in the proposed ITR (p. 29393). However, Rode et al. (2018)
                does indicate that the most likely explanation for their results is the
                earlier emergence leading to survival consequences for cubs. This makes
                sense given the altricial nature of cubs when born and the time bears
                spend at the den site after emergence to allow cubs time to grow more
                and become acclimated to the outside environment. We do attempt to take
                into account some of the other causes of emerging from a den without
                cubs. We allow an average of 7% of simulated dens to emerge without any
                cubs, so we do account for some females naturally emerging without any
                offspring, which are not attributed to any form of disturbance from
                industrial activity. We disagree, however, that because there are other
                potential hypotheses for the relationship presented in Rode et al.
                (2018) that we have to ignore the relationship she published. As it
                currently stands, we don't have any additional data to suggest that the
                relationship documented in Rode et al. (2018) isn't accurate as
                portrayed. However, if additional information is published in the
                future, that would be considered the best scientific information
                available and we would use it accordingly.
                 Comment 131: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider whether the variability of mobile activities will affect
                occupancy rates used to determine take estimates and whether take
                estimates are overestimated from a conservative occupancy rate.
                 Response: Occupancy rates for all of the different infrastructure
                was provided by AOGA as part of their Request.
                 Comment 132: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                estimate take for Level A and Level B harassment zones for in-water
                activities.
                 Response: The Service has revised Table 1 to include details
                regarding the sound measurement units and included peak SPL for
                impulsive sound sources. The Service has also revised references to
                past ITR Level B harassment and TTS thresholds. With regards to the
                need for Level A harassment zones, the Service did not calculate this
                area as no sound sources identified in the proposed activities would
                produce Level A threshold noise. As was stated in the proposed rule,
                the Level B harassment zone was smaller than the impact area of surface
                activities, so we estimated take using the more conservative impact
                area.
                 Comment 133: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider whether the number of takes during aircraft overflights is
                underestimated considering the increased use of helicopters compared to
                previous years and the higher polar bear response rate to helicopters.
                 Response: Any flight paths associated with major construction
                activities have been incorporated into the aircraft analysis. AOGA
                provided the Service with a list of aircraft that would likely be used
                for each activity--an increase in helicopter use is speculative. While
                the harassment rates were calculated using data from AeroCommander
                flights, the Service discusses results from observational flights using
                helicopters. The harassment rates associated with these helicopter
                flights were found to be lower than the rates used in the AOGA Request.
                No significant relationship between polar bear response and distance to
                aircraft was concluded from the dataset. We are working to further
                refine our take rates associated with these analyses; however, more
                data is needed before we can differentiate take rates based on the type
                of aircraft. More detailed information on behavioral responses from
                these overflights can be found in the ITR section Aircraft Impacts to
                Surface Bears.
                 Comment 134: A recent peer-reviewed article, ``Polar bear
                behavioral response to vessel surveys in northeastern Chukchi Sea,
                2008-2014'' by Lomac-MacNair et al. (2021), should be incorporated into
                the Service's analysis of behavioral responses of polar bears to vessel
                activity as information in the publication could be used to improve the
                in-water analysis and could also supplement and support established
                mitigation measures, such as set-back distances for polar bears, as
                well.
                 Response: We agree Lomac-MacNair et al. 2021 is a valuable addition
                to the body of polar bear disturbance literature. However, the paper
                published after the proposed rule was published for public comment. We
                have reviewed the publication, and the authors' findings are consistent
                with the current impact areas used in the proposed and final rules.
                 Comment 135: The Service's discussion of the peer-reviewed article
                ``Aquatic behaviour of polar bears (Ursus maritimus) in an increasingly
                ice-free Arctic.'' Lone, et al. 2018, appears to misstate or overstate
                conclusions contained in that article.
                 Response: The Service has clarified our discussion regarding the
                conclusions we draw from this article as needed.
                 Comment 136: The Service should supplant the Southall et al. (2019)
                modeled and extrapolated approach by gathering hearing data (i.e., TTS
                and PTS) specific to polar bears, rather than relying solely on
                information attributed to ``other marine carnivores,'' and use polar
                bear-specific acoustic information for future analyses.
                 Response: We agree that our analysis could be improved with
                species-specific information for polar bear responses to sound. We also
                recognize that such efforts may be challenging to obtain on polar bears
                in the wild or held in captivity. However, we will continue to improve
                our understanding of polar bear hearing acuity as feasible.
                 Comment 137: The Service should supplant the Southall et al. (2019)
                modeled and extrapolated approach by gathering hearing data (i.e., TTS
                and PTS) specific to walruses, rather than relying solely on
                information attributed to ``other marine carnivores,'' and use walrus-
                specific acoustic information for future analyses.
                 Response: As noted above, we agree that our analysis could be
                improved with species-specific information for Pacific walrus responses
                to sound. We also recognize that such efforts may be
                [[Page 43063]]
                challenging to obtain on Pacific walrus in the wild or held in
                captivity. However, we will continue to improve our understanding of
                Pacific walrus hearing acuity as feasible.
                 Comment 138: The Service should consider the report ``Simulation of
                Oil Spill Trajectories During the Broken Ice Period in the Chukchi and
                Beaufort Seas'' (French-McCay et al. 2016) to better inform our
                analysis of potential polar bear oil spill exposure and effects in the
                Beaufort Sea.
                 Response: We have used BOEM's 2020 Oil Spill Risk Assessment
                because it provides the most current and rigorous treatment of
                potential oil spills in the Beaufort Sea Planning Area. We agree
                analysis similar to Wilson et al. 2018 would be a valuable addition to
                future regulations.
                NEPA and ESA
                 Comment 139: One commenter suggested that the Service's EA is
                inadequate because it does not present a reasoned explanation for the
                determinations of polar bear take and requests the Service to prepare
                an EIS.
                 Response: We disagree. The Service's EA and FONSI reasonably
                reflect considerations important to SBS polar bears and Pacific walrus,
                and are scientifically and legally adequate. It is appropriate for the
                EA to reference and summarize the ITR's analysis and determinations
                rather than duplicate them in their entirety.
                 Comment 140: One commenter suggested that the Service did not
                consider restricting the geographic scope and timing of activities as
                an alternative to reduce impacts in their EA.
                 Response: We disagree. Temporal and geographic constraints were
                incorporated into AOGA's revised request in light of collaboration with
                the Service. The Service also considered the use of further time and
                space restrictions for oil and gas activities to limit the impact on
                denning bears. These restrictions were not determined to be practicable
                as they may interfere with human health and safety as well as the
                continuity of oil and gas operations. The Service found that no
                additional mitigation measures are required to be imposed through the
                ITR, other than those described, in order to effect the lease
                practicable adverse impact on polar bears and walruses.
                 Comment 141: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reevaluate the EA's no action alternative to account for baseline
                conditions in which the commenter suggests that this alternative will
                result in a curtailment of activities as opposed to activities
                proceeding without requested mitigation measures and potentially
                unauthorized take.
                 Response: The EA's characterization of the No Action Alternative is
                appropriate and meets all NEPA requirements. Oil and gas exploration,
                development, and production activities have occurred at various
                locations on the North Slope and adjacent Beaufort Sea waters for
                several decades and will continue to occur in the future, with or
                without this ITR. Hence, they are necessarily recognized as part of the
                environmental baseline. The notion that denying AOGA's Request for this
                ITR would cause the specified oil and gas activities to cease or not
                occur has no basis in law or practical reality. Operators may proceed
                without an incidental take authorization (albeit at the risk of
                enforcement actions), modify their activities in a manner that avoids
                incidental take, and/or obtain other forms of incidental take
                authorization (i.e., IHAs or a different ITR).
                 Comment 142: One commenter suggested that the Service does not
                adequately discuss the effectiveness of the requested mitigation
                measures in the EA.
                 Response: The ``mitigation measures'' integrated into the ITR are
                already incorporated into the proposed action analyzed in the EA. The
                case cited by the commenter appears to address the manner in which an
                action agency must evaluate additional mitigation measures that are not
                already incorporated into the proposed action, and thus seems off-
                point. The EA's references to ``spatial and temporal restrictions''
                encompass limitations inherent to AOGA's specified activities, e.g.,
                finite project footprints, the seasonal rather than year-round nature
                of certain activities, buffer zones, etc. These limitations are
                described in detail in AOGA's Request, the ITR, and Section 2.3.1 of
                the EA. The EA need not comprehensively re-list each limitation in the
                Summary sections quoted by the commenter.
                 Comment 143: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                account for the potential of take by Level A harassment and discuss the
                associated impacts on SBS polar bears in the EA.
                 Response: The Service does not ignore the potential for lethal
                injurious take to occur. Rather, it quantitatively estimated the
                probability of such impacts occurring. The commenter acknowledges as
                much when it references the Service's own estimate. The Service does
                not assume that no ``take by Level A harassment'' will occur; rather,
                it does not anticipate that any take beyond take by Level B harassment
                will occur. The Service disagrees with the commenter's broad and
                unsupported assertion that it greatly underestimated ``take by Level A
                harassment.'' The Service analyzed all potential impacts using a
                rigorous methodology and the best available scientific evidence.
                 Comment 144: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                account for additional impacts, such as planned development and
                increased emissions from future activities, when determining what level
                of take is permitted in order to be considered a negligible impact.
                 Response: The MMPA directs the authorization of incidental take
                where the requestor's specified activities meet specific MMPA standard
                (e.g., small numbers, negligible impact, no unmitigable adverse impact
                on the availability of the stock for subsistence purposes). Here, the
                Service has reasonably determined that the incidental take associated
                with the specific activities described in AOGA's Request adhere to
                applicable MMPA standards. The possibility that other activities (e.g.,
                hypothetical activities at ANWR, Liberty, or greenhouse gas emission
                sources around the world) could independently impact the SBS stock of
                polar bears sometime in the future does not preclude the issuance of
                this ITR.
                 Comment 145: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                conduct a more thorough site-specific analysis of impacts to polar
                bears and their ESA-designated critical habitat.
                 Response: We disagree. As explained in the proposed rule, and
                affirmed in this final rule, the Service conducted a robust analysis of
                potential impacts to polar bears and their habitat under this
                rulemaking. Further, and as we acknowledged in the proposed rule, the
                Service recognized that the proposed regulation could impact polar
                bears and their ESA-designated critical habitat. Therefore, prior to
                finalizing this regulation, the Service conducted an intra-Service ESA
                section 7 consultation on our proposed regulation. The ESA section 7
                biological opinion and its determinations issued prior to finalizing
                these regulations is available as a supporting document in the
                www.regulations.gov docket as well as on the web at: https://ecos.fws.gov/ecp/report/biological-opinion.
                 Comment 146: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                include an environmental impact statement as part of their
                authorization.
                 Response: We disagree. As explained in the proposed rule, and
                affirmed in this final rule, the Service fully
                [[Page 43064]]
                complied with our NEPA responsibilities and determined that the
                preparation of an EIS was not required for these regulations.
                Additionally, the Service notes that the polar bear is considered
                threatened, not endangered, under the ESA. The Service likewise fully
                complied with the consultation requirements under section 7 of the ESA,
                finalizing this regulation only after receipt of required
                determinations under that consultation.
                 Comment 147: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                broaden the purpose and need specified in the EA in order to consider
                additional alternatives for their environmental analysis.
                 Response: The Service's statement of purpose and need is
                appropriate and not impermissibly narrow. Further explanation of the
                Service's efforts to identify other reasonable alternatives is provided
                in the final EA. The Service's summaries of (1) its early coordination
                with AOGA, which resulted in AOGA revising its Request in a manner that
                further limited the scope of its specified activities, and (2) its
                analysis conducted under the MMPA's least practicable adverse impacts
                standard further established that the Service complies with the letter
                and spirit of NEPA's requirement to analyze all reasonable
                alternatives.
                 Comment 148: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify the EA's purpose and need to ensure that these statements are
                consistent with the Service's requirements under the MMPA and these
                statements are separate from the applicant's interests.
                 Response: The Service's EA reflects the fact that the agency's
                interest is distinct from the applicant's. The Service's interest is in
                fulfilling its obligations under the MMPA and taking a hard look at its
                proposed action under NEPA. The Service will render its decision based
                on the relevant statutory and regulatory authorities whether or not
                that decision is in the applicant's interest.
                 Comment 149: One commenter suggested that the Service should revise
                the purpose and need statements in the EA to clarify that the
                environmental impact analysis was conducted to limit impacts of
                Industry activities on polar bears and walruses rather than supporting
                the ITR determinations for authorization.
                 Response: The Service did not ``predetermine'' anything in this
                process. The Service's EA analyzes the potential impacts of a proposed
                action, i.e., issuing an ITR, and not a decision that was already made.
                Were the Service (on the basis of its own initial review or additional
                information submitted via public comment) to find itself unable to make
                the requisite determinations under the MMPA, it would not issue a final
                ITR. While this much is clear from the larger context of the proposed
                ITR and draft EA, the Service has revised the final EA so as to review
                any reasonable implication to the contrary.
                 Comment 150: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider as alternatives in their EA additional mitigation measures
                that include restricting Industry activities during the polar bear
                denning season, implementing a buffer around denning habitat, and only
                authorizing Industry activities that are compliant with the Nation's
                climate goals to limit global warming.
                 Response: The Service has worked with the applicant to identify
                areas of high denning density and incorporate later start dates for
                seismic activity in this region. We also worked with the applicant to
                develop ideal temporal windows for maternal denning surveys.
                 While further restrictions of operations during winter and
                implementation of a buffer around all potential denning habitat are not
                practicable given the location of existing facilities and roads that
                must be utilized during winter to ensure the continuity of operations
                and protection of tundra and wetlands, the ITR contemplates a suite of
                mitigation measures to protect denning bears (i.e., avoidance measures,
                multiple AIR surveys, exclusion zones around known or putative dens).
                Since the Service does not have authority to approve or disapprove the
                oil and gas activities themselves, it cannot pick and choose which
                activities may continue in order to meet climate goals.
                 Comment 151: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify how the physical environment will be impacted by Industry
                activities in the EA.
                 Response: The commenter appears to unduly conflate potential
                impacts from the proposed action--i.e., issuing an ITR--with potential
                impacts from the underlying oil and gas activities, which the Service
                does not authorize and which are not an effect of the action. In
                developing the EA, the Service considered whether issuing the ITR and
                authorizing the incidental take contemplated therein would cause any
                reasonably foreseeable impacts to the physical environment, and
                reasonably determined that it would not. None of the on-the-ground
                activities cited in the comment would be approved by the Service or
                caused by the ITR.
                 Comment 152: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address how additional oil and gas activities will impact the climate
                as part of the EA.
                 Response: The scope of the EA is to describe impacts from the
                Federal action of issuing the ITR. Effects of the oil and gas
                activities themselves, to include upstream and downstream GHG
                emissions, are not effects of the Service's Proposed Action.
                Mitigation Measures
                 Comment 153: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                include mitigation measures that restrict Industry activities.
                 Response: While reviewing prior iterations of AOGA's Request, the
                Service discussed the appropriateness of further limiting the scope of
                AOGA's specified activities so as to reduce the potential taking of
                polar bears. AOGA subsequently made several revisions to its Request,
                which the Service accounted for in its analyses under the MMPA and
                NEPA. The Service also attempted to identify further operational
                restrictions in satisfaction of the MMPA's least practicable adverse
                impacts standard and NEPA's requirement to analyze reasonable
                alternatives and mitigation measures. The results of those efforts are
                described in the various analyses supporting the ITR process.
                 Comment 154: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address the inconsistency in the number of required AIR surveys in the
                EA and ITR.
                 Response: We will provide further clarification in the EA on the
                number of AIR flights required for each activity.
                 Comment 155: One commenter suggested that the Service should revise
                the mitigation measure at proposed Sec. 18.126(d)(2) to include ``safe
                and operationally possible'' in regards to maintaining the minimum
                aircraft flight altitude.
                 Response: We have made this revision.
                 Comment 156: One commenter suggested that the Service should revise
                the mitigation measure at Sec. 18.126(4)(c)(1) to include that vessel
                crew members may also qualify as dedicated marine mammal observers in
                order to accommodate vessels with limited crew capacity.
                 Response: The Service recognizes the limited crew member capacity
                aboard certain vessels and that it may not always be possible to take
                on an additional crew member to conduct watches for marine mammals.
                Requirements for marine mammal observers will be evaluated upon
                submission of applications for LOAs.
                [[Page 43065]]
                 Comment 157: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider additional infrared technology alternatives in addition to AIR
                in order to increase the detectability of polar bear dens.
                 Response: AIR efficacy rates used in our estimates for take of
                denning bears were based upon surveys using both helicopters and fixed
                wing aircraft. AOGA proposed using only fixed wing aircraft for IR so
                that is what the Service analyzed. While visual observations and on-
                the-ground surveys are commonly implemented mitigation measures in
                addition to AIR surveys, we currently lack the data needed to analyze
                the den detection efficacy rates of visual and handheld infrared
                methods.
                 Comment 158: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify the required mitigation measures regarding offshore seismic
                surveys.
                 Response: No offshore seismic operations were included in the
                proposed activities, thus take will not be authorized for offshore
                seismic projects in this rule. As such the Service did not need to
                include mitigation measures such as ramp-up and shutdown procedures.
                 Comment 159: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify whether the requirement for Industry entities to cooperate with
                the Service and participate in joint research efforts to assess
                Industry impacts on marine mammals was removed.
                 Response: This language was erroneously omitted. We have revised
                the final rule to include this language.
                 Comment 160: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify whether human--polar bear encounters that occur during this
                regulation period will be submitted to the Polar Bear--Human
                Information Management System (PBHIMS) in order to contribute to
                international efforts for polar bear conservation.
                 Response: The Service represents the United States as a participant
                in the Polar Bear Range States. We will continue to submit applicable
                human--polar bear encounter records to PBHIMS as part of our
                participation in this effort.
                 Comment 161: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request stricter mitigation measures for minimum aircraft flight
                altitudes and maximum vessel speeds to reduce potential impacts on
                marine mammals.
                 Response: The Service has worked with the applicant to develop
                mitigation measures that create the least practicable adverse impact on
                polar bears and Pacific walruses. The ITR requires aircraft to fly high
                enough, and vessels to travel slow enough, to greatly reduce the
                potential for impacts. Further restrictions were deemed unnecessary to
                achieve the least practicable adverse impact because they were
                precluded either by safety considerations or they would not discernably
                reduce the potential for effects to marine mammals.
                 Comment 162: Commenters suggested that the Service should request
                more specific mitigation measures to reduce impacts on marine mammals
                during project activities.
                 Response: The ITR already prescribed the means of effecting the
                least practicable adverse impact on Pacific walruses and SBS polar
                bears. Further, the Service retains discretion to impose additional
                mitigation measures on an activity-specific basis through the LOA
                process.
                 Comment 163: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                address how the requested mitigation measures reduce Industry impacts
                on polar bear and walrus and their habitat.
                 Response: The Service has worked with the applicant to identify
                areas of high denning density and incorporate later start dates for
                seismic activity in this region. We also worked with the applicant to
                develop ideal temporal windows for maternal denning surveys. These
                mitigation measures have been designed to impart the least practicable
                adverse impact from the proposed activities on polar bears.
                 Comment 164: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                evaluate the effectiveness of monitoring by protected species observers
                (PSOs) to detect marine mammals during periods of restricted
                visibility.
                 Response: While we acknowledge some weather conditions may hinder
                their ability to identify animals, the Service believes that PSOs
                contribute information important to the safety of humans, polar bears,
                and Pacific walruses.
                 Comment 165: One commenter suggested that the Service should revise
                language in the mitigation measures to be more specific about Industry
                activity restrictions in order to reduce impacts on marine mammals.
                 Response: There is an iterative process of communication between
                the Service and applicants when applying for individual LOAs and upon
                the receipt of results from maternal den surveys. The Service is
                unaware of the exact location dens may be occurring each year and is
                unable to make specific regulations based on these locations.
                 Comment 166: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider all habitat characterized by a 1-meter elevation difference
                and a slope of eight degrees or greater as suitable polar bear denning
                habitat that should be avoided by Industry activities.
                 Response: The applicant is required to consult the USGS map of
                potential denning habitat prior to activities. Mitigation measures
                outlined by the ITR must also be implemented to reduce disturbance to
                unknown dens.
                 Comment 167: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request that all Industry entities should hire PSOs to monitor Industry
                impacts on marine mammals.
                 Response: Hiring of separate PSOs is not always practicable for the
                applicant's proposed activities. The Service has included training,
                monitoring, and reporting requirements in the rule.
                 Comment 168: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                consider designating certain areas that are important to marine mammals
                as off-limits to Industry activities.
                 Response: We appreciate the recommendation and will continue to
                research and incorporate innovative measures for achieving the least
                practicable impact in future ITRs.
                 Comment 169: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request a 1-mile buffer around all suitable polar bear denning habitat
                in order to prevent Industry activities disturbing undetected polar
                bear dens and reduce impacts to denning polar bears.
                 Response: Proper denning habitat requires the creation of snow
                drifts, which can differ from year-to-year as it is based on terrain
                and weather conditions. The ability to identify areas in which these
                snow drifts may occur each year prior to operations is not practicable.
                 Comment 170: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                analyze the results of polar bear den monitoring AIR surveys and human-
                polar bear encounters reported during this regulation period in a
                timely manner in order to better evaluate the effectiveness of the
                requested mitigation measures.
                 Response: We appreciate the recommendation.
                 Comment 171: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request that Industry activities be shut down if an injured or dead
                walrus or polar bear is reported and activities not resume until the
                Service investigates the circumstances that caused the injury or death
                of the walrus or polar bear.
                 Response: The Service has included in the rule a reporting
                requirement upon the injury or death of a walrus of polar bear as soon
                as possible but within 48 hours. While it may aid in any
                [[Page 43066]]
                subsequent investigation, ceasing activities in an active oil field may
                not be practicable or safe in certain circumstances, and thus will not
                be mandated.
                 Comment 172: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify their definition for a concentration or group of walruses or
                polar bears, and the commenter recommended this definition be two or
                more individuals.
                 Response: We have added this revision.
                 Comment 173: Paragraph 4 under ``Mitigation measures for
                operational and support vessels'' notes the 1 July date to allow oil
                and gas vessels to enter the Beaufort Sea, which is based on past
                information that could become less relevant and accurate in the future.
                We recommend the Service consider other metrics to meet the intention
                of this measure. A more flexible approach, for example, would be to
                restrict entry into the Beaufort Sea until a sufficient percentage of
                shorefast ice has melted.
                 Response: We have considered this request and recognize that in the
                future changing sea ice conditions, especially if the impacts of
                climate change are not ameliorated, may reflect a different metric.
                However, and because these regulations are issued for a period of 5
                years only, at this time we believe the July 1 date best reflects our
                current understanding of sea ice changes. We also have determined that
                providing this date will provide better certainty to the regulated
                public for planning purposes.
                 Comment 174: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                account for polar bears becoming habituated to Industry activities to
                avoid overestimating take.
                 Response: We are not aware of any studies that have shown that
                bears become habituated to humans after denning in industrial areas or
                that this type of habituation leads to reduced disturbance. If the
                information existed, we would have incorporated it into the model.
                Harassment rate calculations incorporated the Service's polar bear
                sighting database, which contains all reports of Industry sightings of
                walrus and polar bears (as directed by the Service of all LOA holders).
                Assuming the practices of training, monitoring, and adaptive measures
                have previously been implemented, the sightings data would have
                somewhat incorporated their implementation. However, at this time there
                is no way to explicitly incorporate this data into the analysis.
                 Comment 175: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                account for the effectiveness of mitigation measures in their take
                estimations in order to avoid overestimating the number of incidental
                takes of polar bears during Industry activities.
                 Response: We agree that mitigation measures are important for
                reducing disturbance to polar bears, and we currently require each
                applicant to have a polar bear interaction plan and to have taken
                approved polar bear deterrence training. However, it is unclear how to
                integrate the measures into our quantitative modeling approach. The
                implementation of these mitigation measures is key to ensuring the
                least practicable adverse impact on polar bears and Pacific walrus as
                directed by the MMPA.
                Policy and Procedure
                 Comment 176: This proposed ITR appears to include new information
                requirements from applicants seeking LOAs. New items include: (1) A
                digital geospatial file of the project footprint, (2) estimates of
                monthly human occupancy of the project area, and (3) dates of AIR
                surveys if such surveys are required. However, the text in the actual
                proposed rule, i.e., Sec. Sec. 18.122-18.123, does not clearly
                indicate a requirement for these items. We recommend that this
                requirement be clarified in the final rule. Similarly, the preamble of
                the proposed rule introduces a new concept of ``monthly human
                occupancy''; however, this new concept as written may be confusing, and
                we similarly recommend that it be better described in the final rule to
                ensure applicants can provide the requested information.
                 Response: We have revised this final rule to clarify information
                requirements from applicants for LOAs and have clarified our discussion
                regarding monthly human occupancy.
                 Comment 177: Section 18.126(b)(4) of the proposed regulation states
                that applicants will restrict timing of the activity to limit
                disturbance around dens. We recommend clarifying whether this will
                apply to an unoccupied den, putative dens, or verified occupied dens
                only and describing what types of timing restrictions can be expected.
                 Response: We agree and have added clarifying language to Sec.
                18.126(b)(4) of this final rule.
                 Comment 178: The term ``other substantially similar'' activities is
                used in the title of subpart J of the proposed rule as well as in
                Sec. Sec. 18.119, 18.121, 18.122, and 18.124. This term follows the
                description of the activities from which take may occur but is not
                found in the preamble text. We recommend the Service provide examples
                of these activities in the proposed rule or define this term in the
                preamble to add clarity.
                 Response: We agree and have revised this final rule to provide
                clarity.
                 Comment 179: The proposed ITR incorrectly reflects the numbers of
                leases and land area covered by those leases in the NPR-A.
                 Response: We agree. This final rule has been revised to reflect 307
                leases covering 2.6 million acres.
                 Comment 180: In regard to compliance with international
                conservation agreements, one commenter suggested that the Service
                should consider transboundary impacts on polar bears under
                international polar bear conservation agreements.
                 Response: While we acknowledge polar bears in the Southern Beaufort
                Sea move between the United States and Canada, our analysis determined
                that authorizing the Level B harassment of a small number of polar
                bears in the Beaufort ITR region will not have any transboundary
                impacts, much less impacts that violate international obligations. The
                Service has also reasonably determined that these Level B harassments
                will not have any unmitigable adverse impacts on the availability of
                SBS polar bears for subsistence uses. Additionally, while we
                acknowledge the important management provisions accomplished under the
                1988 Inuvialuit-Inupiat Polar Bear Management Agreement, we note that
                this is a voluntary agreement and therefore not binding on the U.S.
                Government.
                 Comment 181: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                evaluate activity impacts for a larger geographic region that extends
                beyond areas of Industry activity.
                 Response: The Service has conducted a thorough and robust analysis
                using the best available science to calculate the number of incidental
                harassments of polar bears and walrus due to Industry activities within
                the specified geographical region. The ITR refers specifically to ``the
                area of Industry activity'' as it is the source of the impact, which is
                not uniformly distributed across the specified geographical region. The
                Service is unable to calculate take from Industry activities in areas
                where Industry activities do not occur within the specified
                geographical region. While the range of a species may be larger than
                the specified activity area, the distribution is rarely (if ever)
                uniform within that space, especially in migratory species. Small
                numbers determinations are based on the number of individual bears
                exhibiting a Level B response and the appropriate stock population
                estimate.
                 Comment 182: One commenter suggested that the Service did not
                [[Page 43067]]
                provide the allotted time for the public comment period that is
                specified in the MMPA, APA, and NEPA regulations.
                 Response: The Service provided the public with a sufficient
                opportunity to comment on the proposed ITR and draft EA. The numerous,
                in-depth public comments that the Service received on the proposed ITR
                modeling analysis appear to corroborate the Service's judgment on this
                issue. ITRs establish important mitigation measures and provide
                significant conservation benefits to polar bears, and it is important
                that the Service finish its process and render a decision in a timely
                manner.
                 We also note that the commenter has in fact had access to the
                referenced 57 case studies--which were provided as part of the
                administrative record in the Willow litigation in which they are a
                plaintiff--for several months. These studies have also been in the
                Service's Freedom of Information Act reading room for the duration of
                the proposed ITR comment period. With respect to the Woodruff and
                Wilson study, the Service gained access to a draft manuscript and
                preliminary results during the later stages of development of the
                proposed ITR and thought it was important to include this information
                as part of the best available scientific evidence. Although we expected
                a final manuscript would be available for public release prior to
                publication of the proposed ITR, this did not occur. In the interest of
                providing information for public review, the Service then developed its
                own summary of relevant findings and uploaded that summary to the
                docket as soon as it could. The Service adjusted the assumed AIR
                efficacy rate utilized in the ITR process based on this new
                information. Because the results of this study suggest an efficacy rate
                lower than that previously assumed, the Service's integration of this
                information resulted in a slight downward refinement of the assumed AIR
                efficacy rate.
                 Comment 183: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                include a list of entities conducting activities under this
                authorization and a description with the accompanying analysis of
                expected impacts from these Industry activities in the authorization.
                 Response: No entities may conduct activities under coverage of this
                ITR until they receive an LOA from the Service. The ITR provides
                sufficient description of the specified activities and those entities
                that qualify for LOAs.
                 Comment 184: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                include a list of specific oil and gas activities that the Service
                evaluated and that would be authorized under LOAs issued under these
                regulations.
                 Response: The description of specified activities provided in the
                ITR is sufficiently detailed. Additional information is available in
                AOGA's request.
                 Comment 185: One commenter suggested that the Service should revise
                their language to exclude listing specific subsistence communities or
                organizations that may be consulted during a Plan of Cooperation and
                add a general requirement in order to avoid potentially excluding other
                communities or organizations.
                 Response: Comment noted.
                 Comment 186: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                complete government-to-government consultations with Alaska Native
                communities to ensure that the Service mitigates the impacts on
                subsistence use of marine mammals prior to finalizing this ITR.
                 Response: The Service has determined that issuing this ITR would
                not cause any potential effects that trigger the obligation to engage
                in government-to-government consultation or government-to-ANCSA (Alaska
                Native Claims Settlement Act) corporation consultation. The effects of
                the Service's action is limited; it only authorizes the Level B
                harassment of small numbers of polar bears. Any resulting effects to
                individual polar bears would be inherently limited and short-term and,
                as explained in more detail elsewhere, would not cause more than a
                negligible impact to the SBS stock of polar bears and or any
                unmitigable adverse impacts on the availability of SBS polar bears for
                subsistence uses. As such, the Service has determined that promulgating
                this ITR will not have any substantial direct effects on any federally
                recognized Tribes or ANCSA corporations.
                 That said, in the interest of cooperation and ensuring that the
                views and concerns of Alaska Native communities are heard and
                considered in its decision-making process, the Service sent
                notification of its proposed action to promulgate the ITR to federally
                recognized tribes and ANCSA corporations with interests in the Beaufort
                ITR area and surrounding areas on May 27, 2021. The Service did not
                receive any replies indicating interest in government-to-government
                consultation or government-to-ANCSA corporation consultation. The
                Service remains open to consulting with these parties at any time,
                including prior to the issuance of LOAs and further notes the
                regulatory requirement that LOA applicants conduct their own outreach
                with potentially affected subsistence communities. While the commenter
                is correct that communications with Industry are not government-to-
                government consultations or government-to-ANCSA corporation
                consultations, such communications have proven to be a productive means
                of resolving potential conflicts and identifying issues that may
                warrant formal consultation with the Service.
                 Comment 187: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reconsider whether Industry activities will have an unmitigable adverse
                impact on subsistence use of marine mammals considering the limit on
                the harvest of SBS polar bears due to their declining population
                abundance.
                 Response: The Service disagrees. The ITR concludes that there will
                be no unmitigable adverse impacts on the availability of polar bears
                and has relied on the best scientific information available, monitoring
                data, locations of hunting areas relative to Industry activities,
                community consultation, Plans of Cooperation, and harvest records to
                reach this conclusion.
                 Comment 188: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                reconsider whether the addition of new Industry facilities and
                infrastructure will correlate with an increase in incidental harassment
                of polar bears.
                 Response: We disagree. While AOGA has drawn a contrary conclusion
                in their Request, the relationship described by the Service between
                distance to shore and polar bear encounters indicates an increase in
                coastal infrastructure will increase the number of encounters and
                subsequent harassment events. This was described at length within the
                ITR.
                 Comment 189: Commenters suggested that the Service should clarify
                their explanation for the lack of an oil spill risk assessment.
                 Response: Please note that the Service does not authorize the
                incidental take of marine mammals as the result of illegal actions,
                such as oil spills. A detailed, activity-specific analysis of potential
                take arising from a hypothetical oil spill is beyond the scope of this
                ITR. That said, the Service did consider available oil spill risk
                assessments to inform its ITR analysis. References to the various
                materials considered by the Service are provided in the ITR. While we
                used a timeframe ending in 1999 to present one summary statistic, we
                also considered data as recent as 2020. BOEM's OSRA represents the best
                available information on the risk of oil spills to polar bears in the
                Southern Beaufort Sea. We detailed a sample of cases of recent onshore
                oil spills and potential effects on polar bears. The commenter is
                correct that the
                [[Page 43068]]
                focus of our oil spill analysis was on large oil spills greater than
                1,000 barrels. Spills less than 1,000 barrels are unlikely to cause the
                widespread impacts discussed in the oil spill analysis. Industry is
                required to notify multiple agencies, including the Service, of all
                spills on the North Slope and coordinates spill response accordingly.
                Lastly, as explained in the ITR, ``no major offshore oil spills have
                occurred in the Alaska Beaufort Sea. Although numerous small onshore
                spills have occurred on the North Slope, to date, there have been no
                documented effects to polar bears''.
                 Comment 190: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                clarify the requirement for Industry entities to submit a Plan of
                Cooperation.
                 Response: We agree. The Service included this information in the
                Description of Letters of Authorization section of the proposed and
                this final rule.
                 Comment 191: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                request Industry entities to engage in outreach with subsistence
                communities, including communities in the Bering Strait and Chukchi
                Sea, to ensure Industry vessel activity does not interfere with
                subsistence activities.
                 Response: While the Service has included vessel traffic
                restrictions in the ITR as a precautionary measure, AOGA has not
                requested take authorizations for vessel activity through the Bering
                Strait and Chukchi Sea; therefore, no take has been estimated or
                authorized for these activities.
                 Comment 192: One commenter suggested that the Service should
                suspend the proposed rulemaking and request AOGA to submit a revised
                request that addresses shortcomings before moving forward with this
                action.
                 Response: Thank you for the recommendation, but the Service already
                determined AOGA's revised request to be adequate and complete and finds
                no basis for requiring further revisions.
                 Comment 193: One commenter suggested that the Service should be
                more collaborative with NMFS in order to develop, review, and implement
                acoustic and behavior thresholds for marine mammal species.
                 Response: Comment noted.
                Required Determinations
                Treaty Obligations
                 This ITR is consistent with the 1973 Agreement on the Conservation
                of Polar Bears, a multilateral treaty executed in Oslo, Norway, among
                the Governments of Canada, Denmark, Norway, the Soviet Union, and the
                United States. Article II of this Polar Bear Agreement lists three
                obligations of the Parties in protecting polar bear habitat. Parties
                are obliged to: (1) Take appropriate action to protect the ecosystem of
                which polar bears are a part; (2) give special attention to habitat
                components such as denning and feeding sites and migration patterns;
                and (3) manage polar bear subpopulations in accordance with sound
                conservation practices based on the best available scientific data.
                 This rule will further consistency with the Service's treaty
                obligations through incorporation of mitigation measures that ensure
                the protection of polar bear habitat. Any LOAs issued pursuant to this
                rule would adhere to the requirements of the rule and would be
                conditioned upon including area or seasonal timing limitations or
                prohibitions, such as placing 1.6-km (1-mi) avoidance buffers around
                known or observed dens (which halts or limits activity until the bear
                naturally leaves the den) and monitoring the effects of the activities
                on polar bears. Available denning habitat maps are provided by the
                USGS.
                National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
                 Per the National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA; 42 U.S.C. 4321, et
                seq.), the Service must evaluate the effects of the proposed action on
                the human environment. We have prepared an environmental assessment
                (EA) in conjunction with this rulemaking and have concluded that the
                issuance of an ITR for the nonlethal, incidental, unintentional take by
                harassment of small numbers of polar bears and Pacific walruses in
                Alaska during activities conducted by the applicant is not a major
                Federal action significantly affecting the quality of the human
                environment. A copy of the EA and the Service's FONSI can be obtained
                from the locations described in ADDRESSES.
                Endangered Species Act
                 Under the ESA, all Federal agencies are required to ensure the
                actions they authorize are not likely to jeopardize the continued
                existence of any threatened or endangered species or result in
                destruction or adverse modification of critical habitat. In 2008, the
                Service listed the polar bear as a threatened species under the ESA (73
                FR 28212, May 15, 2008) and later designated critical habitat for polar
                bear subpopulations in the United States, effective January 6, 2011 (75
                FR 76086, December 7, 2010). Consistent with these statutory
                requirements, prior to issuance of this final ITR, we completed intra-
                Service section 7 consultation regarding the effects of these
                regulations on polar bears with the Service's Fairbanks' Ecological
                Services Field Office. The Service has found the issuance of the ITR
                will not jeopardize the continued existence of polar bears or adversely
                modify their designated critical habitat, nor will it affect other
                listed species or designated critical habitat. The evaluations and
                findings that resulted from this consultation are available on the
                Service's website and at https://www.regulations.gov.
                Regulatory Planning and Review
                 Executive Order 12866 provides that the Office of Information and
                Regulatory Affairs (OIRA) in the Office of Management and Budget (OMB)
                will review all significant rules for a determination of significance.
                OMB has designated this rule as not significant.
                 Executive Order 13563 reaffirms the principles of Executive Order
                12866 while calling for improvements in the nation's regulatory system
                to promote predictability, reduce uncertainty, and use the best, most
                innovative, and least burdensome tools for achieving regulatory ends.
                The Executive order directs agencies to consider regulatory approaches
                that reduce burdens and maintain flexibility and freedom of choice for
                the public where these approaches are relevant, feasible, and
                consistent with regulatory objectives. Executive Order 13563 emphasizes
                further that regulations must be based on the best available science
                and that the rulemaking process must allow for public participation and
                an open exchange of ideas. We have developed this rule in a manner
                consistent with these requirements.
                 OIRA bases its determination of significance upon the following
                four criteria: (a) Whether the rule will have an annual effect of $100
                million or more on the economy or adversely affect an economic sector,
                productivity, jobs, the environment, or other units of the government;
                (b) whether the rule will create inconsistencies with other Federal
                agencies' actions; (c) whether the rule will materially affect
                entitlements, grants, user fees, loan programs, or the rights and
                obligations of their recipients; (d) whether the rule raises novel
                legal or policy issues.
                 Expenses will be related to, but not necessarily limited to: The
                development of requests for LOAs; monitoring, recordkeeping, and
                reporting activities conducted during Industry oil and gas operations;
                development of polar bear interaction plans; and coordination with
                Alaska Natives to minimize effects of operations on subsistence
                hunting.
                [[Page 43069]]
                Compliance with the rule is not expected to result in additional costs
                to Industry that it has not already borne under all previous ITRs.
                Realistically, these costs are minimal in comparison to those related
                to actual oil and gas exploration, development, and production
                operations. The actual costs to Industry to develop the request for
                promulgation of regulations and LOA requests probably do not exceed
                $500,000 per year, short of the ``major rule'' threshold that would
                require preparation of a regulatory impact analysis. As is presently
                the case, profits will accrue to Industry; royalties and taxes will
                accrue to the Government; and the rule will have little or no impact on
                decisions by Industry to relinquish tracts and write off bonus
                payments.
                Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act
                 We have determined that this rule is not a major rule under 5
                U.S.C. 804(2), the Small Business Regulatory Enforcement Fairness Act.
                The rule is also not likely to result in a major increase in costs or
                prices for consumers, individual industries, or government agencies or
                have significant adverse effects on competition, employment,
                productivity, innovation, or on the ability of United States-based
                enterprises to compete with foreign-based enterprises in domestic or
                export markets.
                Regulatory Flexibility Act
                 We have also determined that this rule will not have a significant
                economic effect on a substantial number of small entities under the
                Regulatory Flexibility Act (5 U.S.C. 601 et seq.). Oil companies and
                their contractors conducting exploration, development, and production
                activities in Alaska have been identified as the only likely applicants
                under the regulations, and these potential applicants have not been
                identified as small businesses. Therefore, neither a regulatory
                flexibility analysis nor a small entity compliance guide is required.
                Takings Implications
                 This rule does not have takings implications under Executive Order
                12630 because it authorizes the nonlethal, incidental, but not
                intentional, take of walruses and polar bears by Industry and thereby,
                exempts these companies from civil and criminal liability as long as
                they operate in compliance with the terms of their LOAs. Therefore, a
                takings implications assessment is not required.
                Federalism Effects
                 This rule does not contain policies with federalism implications
                sufficient to warrant preparation of a federalism assessment under
                Executive Order 13132. The MMPA gives the Service the authority and
                responsibility to protect walruses and polar bears.
                Unfunded Mandates Reform Act
                 In accordance with the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act (2 U.S.C. 1501
                et seq.), this rule will not ``significantly or uniquely'' affect small
                governments. A Small Government Agency Plan is not required. The
                Service has determined and certifies pursuant to the Unfunded Mandates
                Reform Act that this rulemaking will not impose a cost of $100 million
                or more in any given year on local or State governments or private
                entities. This rule will not produce a Federal mandate of $100 million
                or greater in any year, i.e., it is not a ``significant regulatory
                action'' under the Unfunded Mandates Reform Act.
                Government-to-Government Coordination
                 It is our responsibility to communicate and work directly on a
                Government-to-Government basis with federally recognized Tribes in
                developing programs for healthy ecosystems. We are also required to
                consult with Alaska Native Corporations. We seek their full and
                meaningful participation in evaluating and addressing conservation
                concerns for protected species. It is our goal to remain sensitive to
                Alaska Native culture and to make information available to Alaska
                Natives. Our efforts are guided by the following policies and
                directives:
                 (1) The Native American Policy of the Service (January 20, 2016);
                 (2) the Alaska Native Relations Policy (currently in draft form);
                 (3) Executive Order 13175 (January 9, 2000);
                 (4) Department of the Interior Secretarial Orders 3206 (June 5,
                1997), 3225 (January 19, 2001), 3317 (December 1, 2011), and 3342
                (October 21, 2016);
                 (5) the Department of the Interior's policies on consultation with
                Tribes and with Alaska Native Corporations; and
                 (6) the Presidential Memorandum on Tribal Consultation and
                Strengthening Nation-to-Nation Relationships (January 21, 2021).
                 We have evaluated possible effects of the ITR on federally
                recognized Alaska Native Tribes and corporations and have concluded the
                issuance of the ITR does not require formal consultation with Alaska
                Native Tribes and corporations. Through the ITR process identified in
                the MMPA, the AOGA has presented a communication process, culminating
                in a POC if needed, with the Native organizations and communities most
                likely to be affected by their work. The applicant has engaged these
                groups in informational communications. We invite continued discussion
                about the ITR and sent an outreach letter regarding this ITR to Alaska
                Native Tribes and corporations on May 27, 2021.
                 In addition, to facilitate co-management activities, the Service
                maintains cooperative agreements with the Eskimo Walrus Commission
                (EWC) and the Qayassiq Walrus Commission (QWC) and is working towards
                developing such an agreement with the newly formed Alaska Nannut Co-
                Management Council (ANCC). The cooperative agreements fund a wide
                variety of management issues, including: Commission co-management
                operations; biological sampling programs; harvest monitoring;
                collection of Native knowledge in management; international
                coordination on management issues; cooperative enforcement of the MMPA;
                and development of local conservation plans. To help realize mutual
                management goals, the Service, EWC, ANCC, and QWC regularly hold
                meetings to discuss future expectations and outline a shared vision of
                co-management.
                 The Service also has ongoing cooperative relationships with the
                North Slope Borough and the Inupiat-Inuvialuit Game Commission where we
                work cooperatively to ensure that data collected from harvest and
                research are used to ensure that polar bears are available for harvest
                in the future; provide information to co-management partners that
                allows them to evaluate harvest relative to their management agreements
                and objectives; and provide information that allows evaluation of the
                status, trends, and health of polar bear subpopulations.
                Civil Justice Reform
                 The Department's Office of the Solicitor has determined that these
                regulations do not unduly burden the judicial system and meet the
                applicable standards provided in sections 3(a) and 3(b)(2) of Executive
                Order 12988.
                Paperwork Reduction Act
                 This rule does not contain any new collections of information that
                require approval by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) under the
                Paperwork Reduction Act of 1995 (44 U.S.C. 3501
                [[Page 43070]]
                et seq.). OMB has previously approved the information collection
                requirements associated with incidental take of marine mammals and
                assigned OMB control number 1018-0070 (expires January 31, 2022). An
                agency may not conduct or sponsor, and a person is not required to
                respond to, a collection of information unless it displays a currently
                valid OMB control number.
                Energy Effects
                 Executive Order 13211 requires agencies to prepare statements of
                energy effects when undertaking certain actions. This rule provides
                exceptions from the MMPA's taking prohibitions for Industry engaged in
                specified oil and gas activities in the specified geographic region. By
                providing certainty regarding compliance with the MMPA, this rule will
                have a positive effect on Industry and its activities. Although the
                rule requires Industry to take a number of actions, these actions have
                been undertaken by Industry for many years as part of similar past
                regulations. Therefore, this rule is not expected to significantly
                affect energy supplies, distribution, or use and does not constitute a
                significant energy action. No statement of energy effects is required.
                References
                 For a list of the references cited in this rule, see Docket No.
                FWS-R7-ES-2021-0037, available at http://www.regulations.gov.
                List of Subjects in 50 CFR Part 18
                 Administrative practice and procedure, Alaska, Imports, Indians,
                Marine mammals, Oil and gas exploration, Reporting and recordkeeping
                requirements, Transportation.
                Regulation Promulgation
                 For the reasons set forth in the preamble, the Service amends part
                18, subchapter B of chapter I, title 50 of the Code of Federal
                Regulations as set forth below.
                PART 18--MARINE MAMMALS
                0
                1. The authority citation of part 18 continues to read as follows:
                 Authority: 16 U.S.C. 1361 et seq.
                0
                2. Revise subpart J of part 18 to read as follows:
                Subpart J--Nonlethal Taking of Marine Mammals Incidental to Oil and
                Gas Exploration, Development, and Production Activities in the
                Beaufort Sea and Adjacent Northern Coast of Alaska
                Sec.
                18.119 Specified activities covered by this subpart.
                18.120 Specified geographic region where this subpart applies.
                18.121 Dates this subpart is in effect.
                18.122 Procedure to obtain a Letter of Authorization (LOA).
                18.123 How the Service will evaluate a request for a Letter of
                Authorization (LOA).
                18.124 Authorized take allowed under a Letter of Authorization
                (LOA).
                18.125 Prohibited take under a Letter of Authorization (LOA).
                18.126 Mitigation.
                18.127 Monitoring.
                18.128 Reporting requirements.
                18.129 Information collection requirements.
                Sec. 18.119 Specified activities covered by this subpart.
                 Regulations in this subpart apply to the nonlethal incidental, but
                not intentional, take of small numbers of polar bear and Pacific walrus
                by certain U.S. citizens while engaged in oil and gas exploration,
                development, and production activities in the Beaufort Sea and adjacent
                northern coast of Alaska.
                Sec. 18.120 Specified geographic region where this subpart applies.
                 This subpart applies to the specified geographic region that
                encompasses all Beaufort Sea waters east of a north-south line through
                Point Barrow, Alaska (N71.39139, W156.475, BGN 1944), and 80.5 km (50
                mi) north of Point Barrow, including Alaska State waters and Outer
                Continental Shelf waters, and east of that line to the Canadian border.
                 (a) The offshore boundary of the Beaufort Sea incidental take
                regulations (ITR) region extends 80.5 km (50 mi) offshore. The onshore
                region is the same north/south line at Utqiagvik, 40.2 km (25 mi)
                inland and east to the Canning River.
                 (b) The Arctic National Wildlife Refuge and the associated offshore
                waters within the refuge boundaries are not included in the Beaufort
                Sea ITR region. Figure 1 shows the area where this subpart applies.
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
                [[Page 43071]]
                [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TR05AU21.018
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-C
                Sec. 18.121 Dates this subpart is in effect.
                 Regulations in this subpart are effective from August 5, 2021,
                through August 5, 2026, for year-round oil and gas exploration,
                development, and production.
                Sec. 18.122 Procedure to obtain a Letter of Authorization (LOA).
                 (a) An applicant must be a U.S. citizen as defined in Sec.
                18.27(c) and among:
                 (1) Those entities specified in the request for this rule as set
                forth in paragraph (b) of this section;
                 (2) Any of their corporate affiliates; or
                 (3) Any of their respective contractors, subcontractors, partners,
                owners, co-lessees, designees, or successors-in-interest.
                 (b) The entities specified in the request are the Alaska Oil and
                Gas Association, which includes Alyeska Pipeline Service Company,
                BlueCrest Energy, Inc., Chevron Corporation, ConocoPhillips Alaska,
                Inc., Eni U.S. Operating Co. Inc., ExxonMobil Alaska Production Inc.,
                Furie Operating Alaska, LLC, Glacier Oil and Gas Corporation, Hilcorp
                Alaska, LLC, Marathon Petroleum, Petro Star Inc., Repsol, and Shell
                Exploration and Production Company, Alaska Gasline Development
                Corporation, Arctic Slope Regional Corporation Energy Services, Oil
                Search (Alaska), LLC, and Qilak LNG, Inc.
                 (c) If an applicant proposes to conduct oil and gas industry
                exploration, development, and production in the Beaufort Sea ITR region
                described in Sec. 18.120 that may cause the taking of Pacific walruses
                and/or polar bears and wants nonlethal incidental take authorization
                under the regulations in this subpart J, the applicant must request an
                LOA. The applicant must submit the request for authorization to the
                Service's Alaska Region Marine Mammals Management Office (see Sec. 2.2
                for address) at least 90 days prior to the start of the activity.
                 (d) The request for an LOA must comply with the requirements set
                forth in Sec. Sec. 18.126 through 18.128 and must include the
                following information:
                 (1) A plan of operations that describes in detail the activity
                (e.g., type of project, methods, and types and numbers of equipment and
                personnel, etc.), the dates and duration of the activity, and the
                specific locations of and areas affected by the activity.
                 (2) A site-specific marine mammal monitoring and mitigation plan to
                monitor and mitigate the effects of the activity on Pacific walruses
                and polar bears.
                 (3) A site-specific Pacific walrus and polar bear safety,
                awareness, and interaction plan. The plan for each activity and
                location will detail the
                [[Page 43072]]
                policies and procedures that will provide for the safety and awareness
                of personnel, avoid interactions with Pacific walruses and polar bears,
                and minimize impacts to these animals.
                 (4) A plan of cooperation to mitigate potential conflicts between
                the activity and subsistence hunting, where relevant. Applicants must
                provide documentation of communication with potentially affected
                subsistence communities along the Beaufort Sea coast (i.e., Kaktovik,
                Nuiqsut, and Utqigvik) and appropriate subsistence user organizations
                (i.e., the Alaska Nannut Co-Management Council, the Eskimo Walrus
                Commission, or North Slope Borough) to discuss the location, timing,
                and methods of activities and identify and mitigate any potential
                conflicts with subsistence walrus and polar bear hunting activities.
                Applicants must specifically inquire of relevant communities and
                organizations if the activity will interfere with the availability of
                Pacific walruses and/or polar bears for the subsistence use of those
                groups. Requests for an LOA must include documentation of all
                consultations with potentially affected user groups. Documentation must
                include a summary of any concerns identified by community members and
                hunter organizations and the applicant's responses to identified
                concerns.
                Sec. 18.123 How the Service will evaluate a request for a Letter of
                Authorization (LOA).
                 (a) We will evaluate each request for an LOA based on the specific
                activity and the specific geographic location. We will determine
                whether the level of activity identified in the request exceeds that
                analyzed by us in considering the number of animals estimated to be
                taken and evaluating whether there will be a negligible impact on the
                species or stock and an unmitigable adverse impact on the availability
                of the species or stock for subsistence uses. If the level of activity
                is greater, we will reevaluate our findings to determine if those
                findings continue to be appropriate based on the combined estimated
                take of the greater level of activity that the applicant has requested
                and all other activities proposed during the time of the activities in
                the LOA request. Depending on the results of the evaluation, we may
                grant the authorization, add further conditions, or deny the
                authorization.
                 (b) In accordance with Sec. 18.27(f)(5), we will make decisions
                concerning withdrawals of an LOA, either on an individual or class
                basis, only after notice and opportunity for public comment.
                 (c) The requirement for notice and public comment in paragraph (b)
                of this section will not apply should we determine that an emergency
                exists that poses a significant risk to the well-being of the species
                or stocks of polar bears or Pacific walruses.
                Sec. 18.124 Authorized take allowed under a Letter of Authorization
                (LOA).
                 (a) An LOA allows for the nonlethal, non-injurious, incidental, but
                not intentional take by Level B harassment, as defined in Sec. 18.3
                and under section 3 of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C.
                1362), of Pacific walruses and/or polar bears while conducting oil and
                gas industry exploration, development, and production within the
                Beaufort Sea ITR region described in Sec. 18.120.
                 (b) Each LOA will identify terms and conditions for each activity
                and location.
                Sec. 18.125 Prohibited take under a Letter of Authorization (LOA).
                 Except as otherwise provided in this subpart, prohibited taking is
                described in Sec. 18.11 as well as:
                 (a) Intentional take, Level A harassment, as defined in section 3
                of the Marine Mammal Protection Act (16 U.S.C. 1362), and lethal
                incidental take of polar bears or Pacific walruses; and
                 (b) Any take that fails to comply with this subpart or with the
                terms and conditions of an LOA.
                Sec. 18.126 Mitigation.
                 (a) Mitigation measures for all Letters of Authorization (LOAs).
                Holders of an LOA must implement policies and procedures to conduct
                activities in a manner that affects the least practicable adverse
                impact on Pacific walruses and/or polar bears, their habitat, and the
                availability of these marine mammals for subsistence uses. Adaptive
                management practices, such as temporal or spatial activity restrictions
                in response to the presence of marine mammals in a particular place or
                time or the occurrence of Pacific walruses and/or polar bears engaged
                in a biologically significant activity (e.g., resting, feeding,
                denning, or nursing, among others), must be used to avoid interactions
                with and minimize impacts to these animals and their availability for
                subsistence uses.
                 (1) All holders of an LOA must:
                 (i) Cooperate with the Service's Marine Mammals Management Office
                and other designated Federal, State, and local agencies to monitor and
                mitigate the impacts of oil and gas industry activities on Pacific
                walruses and polar bears. Where information is insufficient to evaluate
                the potential effects of activities on walruses, polar bears, and the
                subsistence use of these species, holders of an LOA may be required to
                participate in joint monitoring and/or research efforts to address
                these information needs and ensure the least practicable impact to
                these resources.
                 (ii) Designate trained and qualified personnel to monitor for the
                presence of Pacific walruses and polar bears, initiate mitigation
                measures, and monitor, record, and report the effects of oil and gas
                industry activities on Pacific walruses and/or polar bears.
                 (iii) Have an approved Pacific walrus and polar bear safety,
                awareness, and interaction plan on file with the Service's Marine
                Mammals Management Office and onsite and provide polar bear awareness
                training to certain personnel. Interaction plans must include:
                 (A) The type of activity and where and when the activity will occur
                (i.e., a summary of the plan of operation);
                 (B) A food, waste, and other ``bear attractants'' management plan;
                 (C) Personnel training policies, procedures, and materials;
                 (D) Site-specific walrus and polar bear interaction risk evaluation
                and mitigation measures;
                 (E) Walrus and polar bear avoidance and encounter procedures; and
                 (F) Walrus and polar bear observation and reporting procedures.
                 (2) All applicants for an LOA must contact affected subsistence
                communities and hunter organizations to discuss potential conflicts
                caused by the activities and provide the Service documentation of
                communications as described in Sec. 18.122.
                 (b) Mitigation measures for onshore activities. Holders of an LOA
                must undertake the following activities to limit disturbance around
                known polar bear dens:
                 (1) Attempt to locate polar bear dens. Holders of an LOA seeking to
                carry out onshore activities during the denning season (November-April)
                must conduct two separate surveys for occupied polar bear dens in all
                denning habitat within 1.6 km (1 mi) of proposed activities using
                aerial infrared (AIR) imagery. Further, all denning habitat within 1.6
                km (1 mi) of areas of proposed seismic surveys must be surveyed three
                separate times with AIR technology.
                 (i) The first survey must occur between the dates of November 25
                and December 15, the second between the dates of December 5 and
                December 31, and the third (if required) between the dates of December
                15 and January 15.
                 (ii) AIR surveys will be conducted during darkness or civil
                twilight and not during daylight hours. Ideal
                [[Page 43073]]
                environmental conditions during surveys would be clear, calm, and cold.
                If there is blowing snow, any form of precipitation, or other sources
                of airborne moisture, use of AIR detection is not advised. Flight crews
                will record and report environmental parameters including air
                temperature, dew point, wind speed and direction, cloud ceiling, and
                percent humidity, and a flight log will be provided to the Service
                within 48 hours of the flight.
                 (iii) A scientist with experience in the in-air interpretation of
                AIR imagery will be on board the survey aircraft to analyze the AIR
                data in real-time. The data (infrared video) will be made available for
                viewing by the Service immediately upon return of the survey aircraft
                to the base of operations.
                 (iv) All observed or suspected polar bear dens must be reported to
                the Service prior to the initiation of activities.
                 (2) Observe the exclusion zone around known polar bear dens.
                Operators must observe a 1.6-km (1-mi) operational exclusion zone
                around all putative polar bear dens during the denning season
                (November-April, or until the female and cubs leave the areas). Should
                previously unknown occupied dens be discovered within 1 mile of
                activities, work must cease, and the Service contacted for guidance.
                The Service will evaluate these instances on a case-by-case basis to
                determine the appropriate action. Potential actions may range from
                cessation or modification of work to conducting additional monitoring,
                and the holder of the authorization must comply with any additional
                measures specified.
                 (3) Use the den habitat map developed by the USGS. A map of
                potential coastal polar bear denning habitat can be found at: https://www.usgs.gov/centers/asc/science/polar-bear-maternal-denning?qt-science_center_objects=4#qt-science_center_objects. This measure
                ensures that the location of potential polar bear dens is considered
                when conducting activities in the coastal areas of the Beaufort Sea.
                 (4) Polar bear den restrictions. Restrict the timing of the
                activity to limit disturbance around dens, including putative and known
                dens.
                 (c) Mitigation measures for operational and support vessels. (1)
                Operational and support vessels must be staffed with dedicated marine
                mammal observers to alert crew of the presence of walruses and polar
                bears and initiate adaptive mitigation responses.
                 (2) At all times, vessels must maintain the maximum distance
                possible from concentrations of walruses or polar bears. Under no
                circumstances, other than an emergency, should any vessel approach
                within an 805-m (0.5-mi) radius of walruses or polar bears observed on
                land or ice.
                 (3) Vessel operators must take every precaution to avoid harassment
                of concentrations of feeding walruses when a vessel is operating near
                these animals. Vessels should reduce speed and maintain a minimum 805-m
                (0.5-mi) operational exclusion zone around feeding walrus groups.
                Vessels may not be operated in such a way as to separate members of a
                group of walruses (i.e., greater than two) from other members of the
                group. When weather conditions require, such as when visibility drops,
                vessels should adjust speed accordingly to avoid the likelihood of
                injury to walruses.
                 (4) Vessels bound for the Beaufort Sea ITR region may not transit
                through the Chukchi Sea prior to July 1. This operating condition is
                intended to allow walruses the opportunity to move through the Bering
                Strait and disperse from the confines of the spring lead system into
                the Chukchi Sea with minimal disturbance. It is also intended to
                minimize vessel impacts upon the availability of walruses for Alaska
                Native subsistence hunters. Exemption waivers to this operating
                condition may be issued by the Service on a case-by-case basis, based
                upon a review of seasonal ice conditions and available information on
                walrus and polar bear distributions in the area of interest.
                 (5) All vessels must avoid areas of active or anticipated walrus or
                polar bear subsistence hunting activity as determined through community
                consultations.
                 (6) In association with marine activities, we may require trained
                marine mammal monitors on the site of the activity or onboard ships,
                aircraft, icebreakers, or other support vessels or vehicles to monitor
                the impacts of oil and gas industry activity on polar bear and Pacific
                walruses.
                 (d) Mitigation measures for aircraft. (1) Operators of support
                aircraft shall, at all times, conduct their activities at the maximum
                distance possible from concentrations of walruses or polar bears.
                 (2) Aircraft operations within the ITR area will maintain an
                altitude of 1,500 ft above ground level when safe and operationally
                possible.
                 (3) Under no circumstances, other than an emergency, will aircraft
                operate at an altitude lower than 457 m (1,500 ft) within 805 m (0.5
                mi) of walruses or polar bears observed on ice or land. Helicopters may
                not hover or circle above such areas or within 805 m (0.5 mi) of such
                areas. When weather conditions do not allow a 457-m (1,500-ft) flying
                altitude, such as during severe storms or when cloud cover is low,
                aircraft may be operated below this altitude. However, when weather
                conditions necessitate operation of aircraft at altitudes below 457 m
                (1,500 ft), the operator must avoid areas of known walrus and polar
                bear concentrations and will take precautions to avoid flying directly
                over or within 805 m (0.5 mile) of these areas.
                 (4) Plan all aircraft routes to minimize any potential conflict
                with active or anticipated walrus or polar bear hunting activity as
                determined through community consultations.
                 (e) Mitigation measures for the subsistence use of walruses and
                polar bears. Holders of an LOA must conduct their activities in a
                manner that, to the greatest extent practicable, minimizes adverse
                impacts on the availability of Pacific walruses and polar bears for
                subsistence uses.
                 (1) Community consultation. Prior to receipt of an LOA, applicants
                must consult with potentially affected communities and appropriate
                subsistence user organizations to discuss potential conflicts with
                subsistence walrus and polar bear hunting caused by the location,
                timing, and methods of operations and support activities (see Sec.
                18.122 for details). If community concerns suggest that the activities
                may have an adverse impact on the subsistence uses of these species,
                the applicant must address conflict avoidance issues through a plan of
                cooperation as described in paragraph (e)(2) of this section.
                 (2) Plan of cooperation (POC). When appropriate, a holder of an LOA
                will be required to develop and implement a Service-approved POC.
                 (i) The POC must include a description of the procedures by which
                the holder of the LOA will work and consult with potentially affected
                subsistence hunters and a description of specific measures that have
                been or will be taken to avoid or minimize interference with
                subsistence hunting of walruses and polar bears and to ensure continued
                availability of the species for subsistence use.
                 (ii) The Service will review the POC to ensure that any potential
                adverse effects on the availability of the animals are minimized. The
                Service will reject POCs if they do not provide adequate safeguards to
                ensure the least practicable adverse impact on the availability of
                walruses and polar bears for subsistence use.
                [[Page 43074]]
                Sec. 18.127 Monitoring.
                 Holders of an LOA must develop and implement a site-specific,
                Service-approved marine mammal monitoring and mitigation plan to
                monitor and evaluate the effectiveness of mitigation measures and the
                effects of activities on walruses, polar bears, and the subsistence use
                of these species and provide trained, qualified, and Service-approved
                onsite observers to carry out monitoring and mitigation activities
                identified in the marine mammal monitoring and mitigation plan.
                Sec. 18.128 Reporting requirements.
                 Holders of a Letter of Authorization (LOA) must report the results
                of monitoring and mitigation activities to the Service's Marine Mammals
                Management Office via email at: [email protected].
                 (a) In-season monitoring reports. (1) Activity progress reports.
                Holders of an LOA must:
                 (i) Notify the Service at least 48 hours prior to the onset of
                activities;
                 (ii) Provide the Service weekly progress reports of any significant
                changes in activities and/or locations; and
                 (iii) Notify the Service within 48 hours after ending of
                activities.
                 (2) Walrus observation reports. Holders of an LOA must report, on a
                weekly basis, all observations of walruses during any industry
                activity. Upon request, monitoring report data must be provided in a
                common electronic format (to be specified by the Service). Information
                in the observation report must include, but is not limited to:
                 (i) Date, time, and location of each walrus sighting;
                 (ii) Number of walruses;
                 (iii) Sex and age (if known);
                 (iv) Observer name and contact information;
                 (v) Weather, visibility, sea state, and sea-ice conditions at the
                time of observation;
                 (vi) Estimated range at closest approach;
                 (vii) Industry activity at time of sighting;
                 (viii) Behavior of animals sighted;
                 (ix) Description of the encounter;
                 (x) Duration of the encounter; and
                 (xi) Mitigation actions taken.
                 (3) Polar bear observation reports. Holders of an LOA must report,
                within 48 hours, all observations of polar bears and potential polar
                bear dens, during any industry activity. Upon request, monitoring
                report data must be provided in a common electronic format (to be
                specified by the Service). Information in the observation report must
                include, but is not limited to:
                 (i) Date, time, and location of observation;
                 (ii) Number of bears;
                 (iii) Sex and age of bears (if known);
                 (iv) Observer name and contact information;
                 (v) Weather, visibility, sea state, and sea-ice conditions at the
                time of observation;
                 (vi) Estimated closest distance of bears from personnel and
                facilities;
                 (vii) Industry activity at time of sighting;
                 (viii) Possible attractants present;
                 (ix) Bear behavior;
                 (x) Description of the encounter;
                 (xi) Duration of the encounter; and
                 (xii) Mitigation actions taken.
                 (b) Notification of LOA incident report. Holders of an LOA must
                report, as soon as possible, but within 48 hours, all LOA incidents
                during any industry activity. An LOA incident is any situation when
                specified activities exceed the authority of an LOA, when a mitigation
                measure was required but not enacted, or when injury or death of a
                walrus or polar bear occurs. Reports must include:
                 (1) All information specified for an observation report;
                 (2) A complete detailed description of the incident; and
                 (3) Any other actions taken.
                 (c) Final report. The results of monitoring and mitigation efforts
                identified in the marine mammal monitoring and mitigation plan must be
                submitted to the Service for review within 90 days of the expiration of
                an LOA, or for production LOAs, an annual report by January 15th of
                each calendar year. Upon request, final report data must be provided in
                a common electronic format (to be specified by the Service).
                Information in the final (or annual) report must include, but is not
                limited to:
                 (1) Copies of all observation reports submitted under the LOA;
                 (2) A summary of the observation reports;
                 (3) A summary of monitoring and mitigation efforts including areas,
                total hours, total distances, and distribution;
                 (4) Analysis of factors affecting the visibility and detectability
                of walruses and polar bears during monitoring;
                 (5) Analysis of the effectiveness of mitigation measures;
                 (6) Analysis of the distribution, abundance, and behavior of
                walruses and/or polar bears observed; and
                 (7) Estimates of take in relation to the specified activities.
                Sec. 18.129 Information collection requirements.
                 (a) We may not conduct or sponsor and a person is not required to
                respond to a collection of information unless it displays a currently
                valid Office of Management and Budget (OMB) control number. OMB has
                approved the collection of information contained in this subpart and
                assigned OMB control number 1018-0070. You must respond to this
                information collection request to obtain a benefit pursuant to section
                101(a)(5) of the Marine Mammal Protection Act. We will use the
                information to:
                 (1) Evaluate the request and determine whether or not to issue
                specific Letters of Authorization; and
                 (2) Monitor impacts of activities and effectiveness of mitigation
                measures conducted under the Letters of Authorization.
                 (b) Comments regarding the burden estimate or any other aspect of
                this requirement must be submitted to the Information Collection
                Clearance Officer, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, at the address
                listed in 50 CFR 2.1.
                Shannon A. Estenoz,
                Assistant Secretary for Fish and Wildlife and Parks.
                [FR Doc. 2021-16452 Filed 8-4-21; 8:45 am]
                BILLING CODE 4333-15-P
                

VLEX uses login cookies to provide you with a better browsing experience. If you click on 'Accept' or continue browsing this site we consider that you accept our cookie policy. ACCEPT